Bench blast modeling: Consequences of crushedzone, wave front shape, and radial cracks.
Item Type text; Dissertation-Reproduction (electronic)
Authors Abdel-Rasoul, Elseman Ibrahim.
Publisher The University of Arizona.
Rights Copyright © is held by the author. Digital access to this materialis made possible by the University Libraries, University of Arizona.Further transmission, reproduction or presentation (such aspublic display or performance) of protected items is prohibitedexcept with permission of the author.
Download date 18/04/2021 09:05:02
Link to Item http://hdl.handle.net/10150/185165
INFORMATION TO USERS
The most advanced technology has been used to photograph and reproduce this manuscript from the microfilm master. UMI films the
text directly from the original or copy submitted. Thus, some thesis and dissertation copies are in typewriter face, while others may be from any type of computer printer.
The quality of this reproduction is dependent upon the quality of the
copy submitted. Broken or indistinct print, colored or poor quality illustrations and photographs, print bleedtbrough, substandard margins, and improper alignment can adversely affect reproduction.
In the unlikely event that the author did not send UMI a complete
manuscript and there are missing pages, these will be noted. Also, if
unauthorized copyright material had to be removed, a note will indicate
the deletion.
Oversize materials (e.g., maps, drawings, charts) are reproduced by sectioning the original, beginning at the upper left:-hand corner and
continuing from left to right in equal sections with small overlaps. Each
original is also photographed in one exposure and is included in
reduced form at the back of the book.
Photographs included in the original manuscript have been reproduced xerographically in this copy. Higher quality 6" x 9" black and white photographic prints are available for any photographs or illustrations appearing in this copy for an additional charge. Contact UMI directly
to order.
U·M·I University Microfilms International
A Bell & Howell Information Company 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, M148106-1346 USA
313/761-4700 800/521-0600
Order Number 9103028
Bench blast modeling: Consequences of crushed zone, wave front shape, and radial cracks
AbdeI-RasouI, EIseman Ibrahim, Ph.D.
The University of Arizona, 1990
V·M·I 300 N. Zeeb Rd. Ann Arbor, MI 48106
BENCH BLAST MODELING: CONSEQUENCES OF CRUSHED ZONE,
WAVE FRONT SHAPE, AND RADIAL CRACKS
by
ELSEMAN IBRAHIM ABDEL-RASOUL
A Dissertation Submitted to the Faculty of the
DEPARTMENT OF MINING AND GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERlNG
In Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements For the Degree of
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY WITH MAJOR IN MINING ENGINEERlNG
In the Graduate College
THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA
1 990
1
THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA GRADUATE COLLEGE
2'
As members of the Final Examination Committee, we certify that we have read
the dissertation prepared by ELSEMAN IBRAHIM ABDEL-RASOUL
entitled BENCH BLAST MODELING: CONSEQUENCES OF CRUSHED ZONE, WAVE
FRONT SHAPE, AND RADIAL CRACKS
and recommend that it be accepted as fulfilling the dissertation requirement
for the Degree of DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
C-·······~l~ 7/27/90 Date
7/27/90 Date
7/27/90 Date
7/27/90 Date
Date
Final approval and acceptance of this dissertation is contingent upon the candidate's submission of the final copy of the dissertation to the Graduate College.
I hereby certify that I have read this dissertation prepared under my direction and recommend that it be accepted as fulfilling the dissertation requirement.
7/27/90 Dissertation Director Dr. J. Daemen Date
3
STATEMENT BY AUTHOR
This dissertation has been submitted in partial fulfilhnent of requirements for an advanced degree at The University of Arizona and is deposited in the University Library to be made available to borrowers under rules of the library.
Brief quotations from this dissertation are allowable without special permission, provided that accurate acknowledgement of source is made. Requests for permission for extended quotation from or reproduction of this manuscript in whole or in part may be granted by the head of the major department or the Dean of the Graduate College when in his or her judgment the proposed use of the material is in the interests of scholarship. In all other instances, however, permission must be obtained from the author.
SIGNED: '& .~ . ~
--._, .-.. -.,. .~-. ~ ...... <>---_-.- -.- ..
4
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author wishes to express his sincere gratitude to his dissertation su
pervisor, Professor J. Daemen, for his support and advice provided in the course of
this study.
Acknowledgments are also due to Professors 1. Farmer, C. Glass, P. Kulati
lake, and T. Kundu, members of my dissertation committee. The author wishes to
thank Professors R. richard, J. Kemeny, and S. Harpalani for reading the manuscript
of the dissertation.
Help from Dr. Mark Borgstrom, John Saba, Linda Drew, and John Lee,
staff of the Center for Computing and Information Technology, is gratefully ac
knowledged. Also I am grateful to my colleagues Dr. Mohamed Gaballa and Dr.
Raoul Roko for their valuable discussions and assistance.
Finally, the financial support provided by the Arizona M.M.R.R.I. and the
BOM (grant number G1184104) is gratefully acknowledged.
--.. , .' ..... ~- ... "" ...•.... -. -- .. -_ .... '-.. '.- ... --._ .. -.-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
LIST OF TABLES
NOTATION.
ABSTRACT.
CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION
1.1 Need for Research in the Area of Rock Blasting
1.2 Research Outline and Objectives. . . .
CHAPTER 2 - ROCK BLASTING PROCESS .
2.1 Detonation . . . . . . . . ..
2.2 Shock or Stress Wave Propagation
2.3 Gas Pressure Expansion ....
2.4 Mass Movement . . . . . . . .
2.5 Time Events from Detonation to Mass Movement
. . . . .
CHAPTER 3 - FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION AND TESTING
PROBLEMS FOR A TWO DIMENSIONAL
COMPUTER PROGRAM (SABM)
3.1 Finite Element Formulation . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2 Isoparametric Fonnulation . . . . . .
3.1.2.a The Plane Linear Isoparametric Element
3.1.2.b Quarter Point Eight Noded Isoparametric Element .
3.2 Description of the SABM Program and Its Capabilities .
3.2.1 Description of the SABM Program
3.2.2 Capabilities of the SABM Program . . . . . .
5
page
9
· · 15
16
19
· · 20
20
23
25
25
34
. · · 40
· · 42
· · 44
50
. .. 50
54
· . 55
· . 59
· 63
63
67
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS- -continued
page
3.3 Testing Problems of the SABM Program . . . . . . . . . 68
3.3.1 Cantilever Beam Modeling·. . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.3.2 Circular Hole in a Plate Under Uniaxial Compression
Stress Field ....................... 77
3.3.3 Single Edge Crack in a Plate Under Uniaxial Tensile
Stress Field
3.4 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 4 - EFFECT OF ROCK AND EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES ON
THE CRUSHED ZONE AND THE WAVE FRONT
AROUND A CYLINDRICAL CHARGE
83
93
95
96 4.1 The Crushed Zone Around a Cylindrical Charge
4.1.1 A Model for the Crushed Zone Geometry
Around a Cylindrical Charge . . . . . .
4.1.2 Effect of Explosive Properties on the Crushed
........ 98
Zone in Granite
4.1.3 Effect of Explosive Properties on the Crushed
Zone in Salt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.4 Effect of Explosive Properties on the Crushed
Zone in Limestone ........... .
4.1.5 Effect of Explosive Properties and Rock properties
on the Crushed Zone ......... .
4.2 Shape of Blasting Wave Fronts in Bench Blasting
4.2.1 Construction of the Wave Fronts at Different
Velocity Ratios . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 Discussion and Implications
4.3 Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . .
100
105
107
111
115
115
126
132
7
TABLE OF CONTENTS- -continued
page
CHAPTER 5 - FINITE ELEMENT MODELING OF BENCH BLASTING 134
5.1 Modeling of Circular Boundary . . . . . . . .
5.2 Modeling the Blasthole Without Radial Cracks
5.3 Modeling the Blasthole with Radial Cracks . . .
5.3.1 Non-Pressurized Radial Cracks . . . . .
5.3.2 Radial Cracks with Uniform Pressure Distribution
5.3.3 Radial Cracks with Linear Pressure Distribution
5.4 Blasthole Equivalent Cavity and Radial Cracks . .
5.5 Effect of the Tensile Strength on the Strain Energy
Around the Blasthole ............ .
5.6 Effect of the Explosion Pressure on the Strain Energy
Around the Blasthole
5.7 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 6 - CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
6.1 Summary .....
6.2 Conclusions . . . .
6.2.1 Computa.tions
6.2.2 Crushed Zone
6.2.3 Shape of the Wave Front . .
6.2.4 Numerical Models .
6.3 Recommendations . . . . . .
APPENDIX A - DATA NEEDED FOR THE SABM PROGRAM
AND SAMPLE INPUT AND OUTPUT FILES .
A.1 Input Data Needed by SABM Program
A.2 Example of Input File ....... .
. . . .
138
149
167
169
182
196
209
231
244
254
259
259
261
261
261
262
263
266
268
269
272
8
TABLE OF CONTENTS- -continued
page
A.3 Examples of Output Files .................. 274
APPENDIX B - DATA CALCULATIONS FOR THE CRUSHED ZONE
AROUND A CYLINDRICAL CHARGE .
REFERENCES
288
299
Figure
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Description
Field model illustrating blast design inputs and outputs
lllustration of detonation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relation between various pressures in the detonation .
Pressure profiles created by detonation in a borehole
Effect of air and water decoupling versus fully coupled charges on the stress levels generated in the surrounding rock. . .
2.6 Effect of primer detonation pressure on the initial velocity
9
Page
26
28
28
.. 30
30
of ANFO in a 3 inch diameter test column ........... 32
2.7 Effect of primer diameter on the initial velocity of a 3 inch column of ANFO using Cast Pentolite as a primer . 33
2.8 Effect of charge diameter on detonation velocity . . 33
2.9 Consecutive stages in the fracture process of a fully contained explosion ............. ....... 38
2.10 Influence of free face surface on stress distribution around cavity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.11 Simulated conditions for bench blasting . . . . . 43
2.12 Effect of the toe burden on the movement of the blasted rock face . 45
2.13 Stages of the rock blasting process . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.14
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Interaction of blasting time events in a typical quarry bench .
Linear quadrilateral element . . .
Plane quadratic element .....
Eight noded isoparametric element
Flow diagram for the SABM program
Cantilever beam models
3.6 Comparison of bending stresses, cantilever beam modelled
48
55
. 61
61
64
... 69
by 20 TRIM3 elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.7 Comparison of bending stresses, cantilever beam modelled by 10 QUAD4 elements .................... 73
3.8 Comparison of bending stresses, cantilever beam modelled by 20 Q U AD4 elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Figure
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15 3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS--continued
Description
Comparison of bending stresses, cantilever beam modelled by 10 QUAD8 elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comparison of bending stresses, cantilever beam modelled by 10 QUAD9 elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mesh used to model circular hole in a plate . . . . . . .
Displacement distribution around a circular hole in a plate
Principal stress distribution around a circular hole in a plate
Comparison of tangential stresses around a circular hole in a plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single edge crack in a plate subjected to uniaxial tension . . Mesh models single edge crack in a plate subjected to uniaxial tension. The plate modelled using QUAD4 elements ....
Mesh models single edge crack in a plate subjected to uniaxial tension. QUAD8 and QQUAD8 elements are implemented .
10
Page
· 75
· 76
· 78
· 79
•. 80
82
83
84
85
Displacement distribution through a plate containing single edge crack. The plate is modelled using QU AD4 elements (Figure 3.16) ............ .
Principal stress distribution through a plate containing single edge crack. The plate is modelled using QUAD4 elements (Figure 3.16) ............ .
Displacement distribution through a plate containing single edge crack. The plate is modelled using QQUAD8 and QUAD8 elements (Figure 3.17). . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal stress distribution through a plate containing single edge crack. The plate is modelled using QQUAD8 and QUAD8 elements (Figure 3.17). . . . . . . . . . . .
Plots using displacement extrapolation method to calculate the stress intensity factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A model for the crushed zone around a cylindrical charge .
Effect of the velocity ratio and the characteristic impedance ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in granite . . .
Effect of the medium stress ratio and the detonation pressure ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in granite . . .
Effect of the velocity ratio and the characteristic impedance ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in salt . . . . .
. . 88
. .. 89
... 90
91
92
· 99
102
104
106
Figure
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
5.1
5.2
5.3
5,4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS- -continued
Description
Effect of the medium stress ratio and the detonation pressure ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in salt . . . . .
Effect of the velocity ratio and the characteristic impedance ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in limestone . .
Effect of the velocity ratio and the characteristic impedance ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in rocks . . . .
Effect of the medium stress ratio and the detonation pressure ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in rocks . . . . . .
Shape of the outgoing wave front for an infinite velocity ratio
Shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of 3 .
Shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of 2
Shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of 1.5
Shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of one
Shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of 0.8
Amplitudes of reflected distortional and dilatational waves at different angles of incidence for 1/ = 1/3 ..... .
Mesh for thick wall cylinder using nine eight noded elements
Radial and tangential stresses for thick wall cylinder using circular side elements, 2 x 2, 3 x 3 Gauss quadratures, and 9 eight noded elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radial and tangential stresses using 9 elements, lumped and consistent loads, 2x2 Gauss quadrature, and circular modeling of the hole boundary .......... .
Radial and tangential stresses using 9 elements, lumped and consistent loads, 2x2 Gauss quadrature, and straight line segment modeling of the hole boundary . . . . . . . .
Mesh for thick wall cylinder using 18 eight noded elements
Radial and tangential stresses using 18 eight noded elements, lumped and consistent loads, 2x2 Gauss quadrature, and circular modeling of the hole boundary . . . . . . . . . .
Radial and tangential stresses using 18 eight noded elements, lumped and consistent loads, 2x2 Gauss quadrature, and straight line segment modeling of the hole boundary . . . .
Layout of the drilling pattern showing the section modeled by the Finite Element Method . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mesh used to model the blasthole without radial cracks .
11
Page
108
110
112
114
117
119
120
121
122
124
129
140
141
143
144
145
146
148
151 153
12
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS--continued
Figure Description Page
5.10 Displacement field around a blasthole when radial cracks are not considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
5.11 Displacement field within some selected windows when radial cracks are not considered • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
5.12 Stress field around a blast hole when radial cracks are not considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
5.13 Stress field within some selected windows when radial cracks are not considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
5.14 Contour map for the scaled strain energy density around the blasthole when radial cracks are not considered .... 166
5.15 Mesh used for modeling the blasthole with radial cracks at the blasthole and at the free face ......... 170
5.16 Displacement field around a blasthole when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
5.17 Displacement field within some selected windows when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . 173
5.18 Stress field around a blast hole when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
5.19 Stress field within some selected windows when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
5.20 Contour map for the scaled strain energy density around the blasthole when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered . 183
5.21 Displacement field around a hlasthole when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 184
5.22 Displacement field within some selected windows when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . 186
5.23 Stress field around a blasthole when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
5.24 Stress field within some selected windows when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . 191
5.25 Contour map for the scaled strain energy density around the blasthole when uniformly pressurized are considered . . . . 195
5.26 Displacement field around a blasthole when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 197
5.27 Displacement field within some selected windows when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . .. 198
Figure
5.28
5.29
5.30
5.31
5.32
5.33
5.34
5.35
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS- -continued
Description
Stress field around a blosthole when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .
Stress field within some selected windows when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . .
Contour map for the scaled strain energy density around the blasthole when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mesh used to model the blasthole using equivalent cavity equal to the zone of radial cracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displacement field around a blasthole when the zone of radial cracks is replaced by an equivalent cavity . . . . . . . . .
Displacement field within some selected windows when the zone of radial cracks is replaced by an equivalent cavity . . . . .
Stress field around a blasthole when the zone of radial cracks is replaced by an equivalent cavity . . . . . . . . . . .
Stress field within some selected windows when the zone of radial cracks is replaced by an equivalent cavity . . . .
5.36 Contour map for the scaled strain energy density around the blast hole when the zone of radial cracks is
1.3
Page
203
204
208
210
212
213
217
218
replaced by an equivalent cavity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 222
5.37 Variation of the displacement normal to the free face with distance from the symmetry plane '. . . . . . . . . . . 226
5.38 Variation of the displacement parallel to the free face with distance from the symmetry plane . . . . . . . . . . . 227
5.39 Variation of the displacement normal to the free face with distance along the symmetry plane . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
5.40 Variation of the displacement parallel to the free face with distance along the symmetry plane within the zone of radial cracks 230
5.41 Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density contours with tensile strength when radial cracks are not considered ',' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
5.42 Contour map of the scaled strain energy density when tensile strength is six times the static tensile strength when radial cracks are not considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
5.43 Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density contours with tensile strength when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
----"--,'" .' '"---.-',."
Figure
5.44
5.45
5.46
5.47
5,48
5,49
5.50
5.51
5.52
5.53
5.54
5.55
A.l
14
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS- -continued
Description Page
Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density contours with tensile strength when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . 237
Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density contours with tensile strength when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . . . . . . . 239
Scaled strain energy density contour map when radial cracks are not considered using the dynamic tensile strength and internal pressure 50% of the detonation pressure . . . . . . 240
Scaled strain energy density contour map when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength and internal pressure 50% of the detonation pressure . . 241
Scaled strain energy density contour map when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength and internal pressure 50% of the detonation pressure ............... 242
Scaled strain energy density contour map when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength and internal pressure 50% of the detonation pressure . . . . . . 243
Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density with the internal pressure when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Contour map of the scaled strain energy density for internal pressure equal to the dynamic compressive strength when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered ....... 248
Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density with the internal pressure when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Contour map of the scaled strain energy density for internal pressure equal to the dynamic compressive strength when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered . . . . 251
Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density with the internal pressure when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Contour map of the scaled strain energy density for internal pressure equal to the dynamic compressive strength when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered 253
Stick model for a cantilever beam .......... 272
-----.. -_. -" .. ." -'-' ... , -.- .- .... _.- - --, -_ .. _, .... ,- - .- -- - ---
15
LIST OF TABLES
Page
3.1 Shape FUnctions for the Plane Quadratic Isoparametrie Element . . 60
3.2
3.3
3.4
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.1
5.2 A.l B.l
B.2
B.3
B.4
B.5
B.6
B.7
B.8
B.9
B.lO
Summary of the Dimensions of the Apj»roximation FUnction, Compatibility, Transformation, Local Stiffness, and Global Stiffness Matrices . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary of Tip Displacements Calculated by FEM Cantilever Beam Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Percentage Error in Calculated Stress Intensity Factors . . .
Constants and Correlation Factors for the Equations Fitted to Predict the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter in Granite
Constants and Correlation Factors for the Equations Fitted to Predict the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter in Salt . . . . .
Constants and Correlation Factors for the Equations Fitted to Predict the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter in Limestone
Range of the Tensile Strength Used to Calculate the Critical Strain energy Density ........... .
Range of Borehole Pressures Applied in the Models . ..
Element types used by the SABM program ...... .
Summary of Crushed Zone Data for Lithonia Granite, Data Set 1
Summary of Crushed Zone Data for Lithonia Granite, Data Set 2
Summary of Crushed Zone Data for Lithonia Granite, Data Set 3
Summary of Crushed Zone Data for Winnfield Salt
Summary of Crushed Zone Data for Marion Limestone .
Physical Properties of Lithonia Granite, Winnfield Salt, and Marion Limestone . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
Sample of Fitting Equations Obtained by the Curve Fitting Program for the Relation between the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter and the Velocity Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sample of Fitting Equations Obtained by the Curve Fitting Program for the Relation between the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter and the characteristic Impedance Ratio .....
Sample of Fitting Equations Obtained by the Curve Fitting Program for the Relation between the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter and the Medium Stress Ratio . . . . . . . . . .
Sample of Fitting Equations Obtained by the Curve Fitting Program for the Relation between the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter and the Detonation Pressure Ratio. . .
. 66
70 . 93
103
105
109
232 245 268 291 292 293 294 295
296
297
297
298
298
16
NOTATION
Principal symbols used through the disserta.tion are summarized. If the
symbol has different meanings, it will be defined where it is used. The symbols
used here follow to a great extent the notations used by Cook (1981).
Mathematical Symbols:
[ ]
L J { } [ ]T
A rectangular or square matrix.
A row vector.
A column vector.
Matrix transpose, it applies to column and row vectors as well.
Partial differentiation with respect to the following subscript
(i.e w,:!: = 8w/8x).
Matrix inverse.
R t {alIp alIp alIp }
epresen s aat aa2 ••• aan '
where IIp is a scaler function of parameters aI, a2, ... , an.
Latin Symbols:
[ B ] Compatibility matrix (displacement strain relations).
D Displacement.
d.o.f. Degree (or degrees) of freedom.
{D} Nodal d.o.f. of a structure(global d.o.f.).
{d} Nodal d.o.f. of an element.
E Elastic modulus. .
[ E ] Matrix of elastic stiffness.
{F} Body forces per unit volume.
{f} A displacement field; {f} = {u v w} in 3-space.
G Shear modulus.
---_.-. -_.... .. ' •..•... ,.... . •... _... .....• . "'- _ .. , ...
IE
IPROP
J
[ J ]
[K]
[k]
L,i
Element number.
Element property.
Determinant of [J], known as the Jacobian.
The Jacobian matrix.
Structure (global) stiffness matrix.
Element stiffness matrix.
Length.
MAT,MATL Element material type.
[N], LNJ NPT
NTYPE
[0]
P
POlS
{P}
{R} {r}
S
[ SE ]
[ SL ]
t, THK
[T] TEMP
'WT
XXI
u, v, w
v x, y, z
Matrix of shape functions.
Nodal point number.
Element type.
Differential operator matrix.
Force.
Poisson's ratio.
Vector of externally applied loads on structure nodes.
Total load on structure nodes; {R} = {P} + 2: {r }.
Forces applied by element to nodes.
Surface.
Global stiffness matrix at element level.
Local stiffness matrix, at element level.
Thickness.
Transformation matrix.
Temperature of the nodal point.
Unit weight of the material.
Moment of inertia about the x-axis.
Strain energy, strain energy per unit volume.
Nodal displacement vector, at element level.
Element global displacement.
Displacement components.
Volume.
Cartesian coordinates.
17
X,Y,Z global coord,nates of the nodal point.
Greek Symbols:
[ r ] .5
{f},{ fo}
p.
e, 7], (
TI
{a}, {ao }
cp
{cp}
The Jacobian inversej[r] = [J]-l.
Virtual operator; for example, c5u is a virtual displacement.
Strains, initial strains.
Poisson's ratio.
lsoparametric coordinates.
A functional (TIp= potential energy).
Stresses, initial stresses.
A dependent variable.
Vector of surface tractions.
18
19
ABSTRACT
A geometrical model for the rock crushed zone around a cylindrical charge
is developed. The model is used to obtain empirical relationships between the
scaled crushed zone diameter and some dimensionless ratios of explosive and rock
properties. The ratios are velocity ratio, characteristic impedance ratio, medium
stress ratio, and detonation pressure ratio. The empirical relations for granite, salt,
and limestone in combination with a variety of explosives show that the scaled
crushed zone diameter increases at a decreasing rate with increasing dimensionless
ratios.
The shape of the wave fronts around a cylindrical charge detonating in rock
has been constructed for velocity ratios ranging from infinity to less than one. The
shape of the wave front is not pl&.nar in the range of dimensions used in full scale
bench blasting. The shape of the wave front is cylindrical in the middle and spherical
at the top and bottom for infinite velocity ratio; sphero-conical for velocity ratios
greater than one; spherical for velocity ratios $; 1.
Quasi-st.atic finite element models for a blasthole in a full scale bench blast
ing are analyzed using a 2-D finite element program written by the author. The
models include a model neglecting radial cracks, models considering pressurized and
non-pressurized radial cracks around the blasthole, and a model using an equiva
lent cavity to replace the pressurized radial cracks. Displacement fields, stress fields,
and strain energy density distribution are studied. The analyses show that includ
ing radial cracks increases the levels of the strain energy density contours and the
magnitudes of the displacement and stress fields several fold. The equivalent cav
ity gives much lower levels of strain energy contours and gives lower displacement
and stress field magnitudes than those produced by the pressurized radial cracks.
The scaled areas of the strain energy density contours increase at a decreasing rate
with increasing the blasthole internal pressure and with increasing the ratio of the
compressive strength to the tensile strength. These contour areas decrease at a
decreasing rate with increasing tensile strength.
---- . -_ ...... _ .. -.... .
20
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
Rock blasting is one of the important conventional mining operations. The
degree of fragmentation of the blasted rock has a great effect on the efficiency
and cost of the subsequent operations such as mucking, loading, transportation,
and crushing. Explosive casting, smooth blasting, demolition work, construction of
underground facilities and tunnels, disposal of sewage waste, and geothermal energy
projects are also engineering tasks dealing with rock blasting. In addition, rock
blasting is useful for unconventional mining operations such as oil shale retorting
and in situ copper leaching. In these operations, rock blasting is used to produce
rubbling and fractures in rocks to facilitate oil retorting and to increase the flow
rate of the leaching acids. Associated with blasting, are problems such as ground
vibrations, air blasts, fly rock, and damage zones which can affect the safety and
stability of the neighboring structures. A good design of a blasting pattern should
achieve the goal of the blasting operation at a reasonable cost and at the same time
reduce or eliminate the safety and stability problems. The annual consumption of
commercial explosives in the United States is more than 3.3 billion pounds, 84% of
it is consumed by the mining industry (Dowding, 1985, pp. 230 - 231).
1.1 Need for Research in the Area of Rock Blasting
The blasting process is complex. The mechanics involved are far from being
completely understood. This is particularly illustrated by the continuing contro
versy as to whether gas pressure (static loading) or wave interactions (dynamic
loading) dominates the fragmentation process. The lack of understanding is due to
the many interrelated factors involved. The factors can be attributed to three major
sources. These sources are rock properties, explosive material properties; blasting
technique and design patterns. In addition, degree of confinement and method of
explosive charge loading can affect explosive performance in the field.
21
The first source of uncertainty is rock properties which include strength
properties such as compressive, tensile, and shear strengths; elastic properties such
.~ Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio, and bulk modulus, compressional and shear
wave propagation velocities; density and porosity; characteristic impedance and
damping capacity; geological properties such as grain size, constituent minerals,
and cementing matrix on the micro-scale; fissuring, foliation, jointing, bedding
planes, folding, faulting, and dipping angles on the macro-scale. In addition, the
water conditions of the rock belong to this group of factors.
The second source is the explosive material properties. Among these prop
erties is explosive density. It mayor may not change upon loading in the bore
hole depending on the method of charging, type of explosive, and diameter of the
blasthole. Velocity of detonation is important because the detonation pressure is
proportional to its square and because it is sensitive to the working conditions e.g.
charge diameter, degree of confinement, water conditions, and method (If initia
tion. Chemical composition, detonation pressure, characteristic impedance, sensi
tivity, critical diameter, critical density, water resistance, and percentage of energy
transmitted as wave energy and that transmitted as gas energy are also important
properties which determine the suitability of the explosive for a given application.
Blasting techniques and design patterns are the third source of factors af
fecting the blasting process. Among these factors is geometry of the blast: bench
height, blasthole diameter, burden, spacing, sub drilling, stemming length; stag
gered, squared, or rectangular drilling pattern; width and depth of the blast. Fac
tors belonging to the blasting technique include stemming material type, quantity
and empla.cement of stemming, initiation system, initiation sequence, delay time,
size and type of primer, location of the primer, and charge distribution.
Additional complexity comes from the difficulty and high cost of measuring
some important parameters such as the detonation pressure, pressure time history in
the blasthole, crack propagation velocity, velocity of penetration of explosion gases
into the cracks, and degree of fragmentation. That is due to the catastrophic nature
and short time of the process (Abdel-Rasoul, 1978, Ch. 4; Hagan, 1979; Hagan,
22
1983; Dick et al,1983; Abdel-Rasoul and Ghosh, 1985; Atlas Powder Company,
1987, p. 158).
The explosive energy, when released upon detonation, is commonly divided
into two types: wave energy(WE) and gas energy (GE). Wave energy acts in a much
shorter time than gas energy does. In the past it was believed that WE is mainly
responsible for the rock breakage process (Duvall and Atchison, 1956; Hino, 1959;
Atchison and Roth, 1961; Nicholls and Hooker, 1962; Atchison and Pugliese, 1964).
In the last two decades, many researchers have come to believe that gas pressure
energy is the main energy responsible for the breakage, and that dynamic wave
effects have a secondary role (Ash, 1973; Smith, 1976; Langefors and Kihlstrom,
1978; Taqieddin, 1982; Britton and Konya, 1984; Isakov et al, 1984; Isakov and
Yun, 1985; Haghighi and Konya, 1985; 1986). High speed photography shows that
the earliest displacement seen at the bench free face takes place after much longer
time than that needed for the stress wave to arrive and reflect at the free face (Lang
and Favreau, 1972; Lang, 1979). This means that rock spalling at the free face due
to the stress wave reflection is not the major breakage mechanism of fracture and
the GE has the major breakage role. Some researchers accept the importance of
both WE and GE in the breakage process (Kutter, 1967; Lang and Favreau, 1972;
Lang, 1979; Hagan, 1979; Kutter and Fairhurst, 1979; Hagan, 1983; Saluja, 1986;
Kirby et al, 1987).
When an explosive charge is detonated, the rock surrounding it suffers dif
ferent degrees of damage. Usually the damaged zone is divided into three zones.
Moving from the detonated charge outward, the first zone is the crushed (pulver
ized) zone; the second zone is the zone of dense radial cracks; the third zone is
the zone of widely spaced radial cracks. These zones of damage are formed by the
precursor outgoing stress waves as a rock preconditioning for the action of the sus
tained explosion gas pressure. It has been concluded that if the zone of pressurized
radial fractures is replaced by an equivalent cavity of radius equal to the radius of
the zone of the radial fractures, the stress field outside the cavity is the same, on the
assumption that the domain around the blasthole is infinite (Kutter, 1967, Kutter
and Fairhurst, 1979).
23
In modeling the blasthole, some researchers ignore these damaged zones and
use the nominal diameter of the blast hole (Porter, 1971, pp. 52-77i Ash, 1973,
pp. 121-122; Bhandari, 1975, pp. 126-130; Sunu et al, 1987). Aimone (1982,
p. 77) uses an equivalent cavity larger than the crushed zone; Wilson (1987, pp.
177 -186) uses an equivalent cavity equal to the crushed zone and considers radial
cracks around the cavity; Haghighi and Konya (1985,1986) ignore the crushed zone
and use radial cracks extending from the detonating blasthole to the free face. The
applied internal pressure in these models ranges from the detonation pressure to an
arbitrary assumed magnitude.
Konya and Haghighi (1985, 1986) model the blast hole in a full scale bench
blasting. They use a three dimensional quasi-static finite element model and apply
blasthole internal pressure equal to the detonation pressure. They report maximum
displacements at the free face of 7 and 13.7 m. Sunu and others (1987) use two
dimensional dynamic finite element analysis to model the blasthole in full scale
bench blasting. They report maximum displacements at the free face of 10 to 18 m.
These orders of displacements are very large and limit the benefits of the models to
qualitative use, at best. The presence of radial cracks at the free face from previous
blasts has not been taken into account in the previous models.
1.2 Research Outline and Objectives
An objective of this research is to study the effect of some relations between
explosives properties and rock properties on the crushed zone and the shape of the
stress wave front around a cylindrical charge. Another objective is to use finite
element analysis and quasi-static gas pressure modeling to study the displacement
and the stress fields produced by a detonating blasthole in full scale bench blasting.
Using the critical strain energy density failure criterion, the contours of the strain
energy density distribution are used to compare the overstressed zones produced
by different parameters used to idealize the blasthole. The practical underlying
objectives are to obtain a more realistic assessment of the role played by these
parameters in the rock breakage process. This, in turn, is important input in the
selection of the explosive type, of blast design, and of the blast initiation sequence.
---- ' -_. ' .. ' '~'-- .. ".
24
The analysis provides a rational guide for selecting and designing field tests, and in
particular, for optimizing field design of blasting patterns with a minimum number
of tests.
The following problems are investigated:
1. The extent of crushed zone around a fully coupled and confined cylindrical
charge detonated in rock.
2. The shape of the stress wave front around a cylindrical charge detonated in
rock.
3. The validity of modeling of a blasthole without radial cracks.
4. Modeling of a blasthole with radial cracks for:
a) Non-pressurized radial cracks.
b) Radial cracks with uniform pressure distribution.
c) Radial cracks with linear pressure distribution.
5. Modeling the blasthole using an equivalent cavity to replace the uniformly
pressurized radial cracks.
6. Effect of the rock tensile strength on the strain energy distribution around
the blasthole.
7. Effect of the explosion pressure on the strain energy distribution around the
blasthole.
25
CHAPTER 2
ROCK BLASTING PROCESS
Blasting theory is very challenging and controversial. It involves many areas
of science such as rock mechanics, chemistry, physics, thermodynamics, and shock
wave interactions. Despite tremendous efforts by researchers, no single theory has
been arrived at to adequately explain the mechanisms of rock breaking in all blasting
conditions and material types. Hence, several blasting theories exist. Each has some
success in partially explaining the blasting process in a given specific application
but fails to explain or predict the aspects of the process in another application. The
large number of variables involved in requires careful investigation of the theory and
of the variables considered in order to make a reasonable judgement about the blast
design for a given operation. Figure 2.1 shows a model for the inputs and outputs
of a blast design. The primary breakage mechanisms have been based on several
blasting theories. These theories include: compressional and tensile strain wave
energy, shock wave reflections at a free face, gas pressurization of the surrounding
rock mass, flexural rupture, shear waves, release-of-Ioad, nucleation of cracks at
flows and discontinuities, and in-flight collisions (Atlas Powder Company, 1987,
pp. 157-159).
Time events for the rock blasting process can be explained using time frames.
There are basically four time frames in which breakage and displacement of material
occur during and after completion of detonation of a confined charge. These time
frames are defined as follows: T1-detonation, T2-shock or stress wave propagation,
T3-gas pressure expansion, T4~mass movement. Overlap between the time frames
takes place at specific time intervals (Atlas Powder Company, 1987, p. 159).
2.1 Detonation
Detonation is the first time frame. It is the beginning phase of the fragmen
tation process. Upon detonation, the constituents of the explosive are immediately
(AI CONTflOLLAILI VA"IAIUS
• HOLE DIAMETER • INITIATING SYSTEIoI • HOLE DEPTH • INITIATING SEOUENCE • SU8RILL DEPTH • NO OF F"n FACES • HOLE INCLINATION • BUFFERS • COLLAR HEIG .. T • EXPLOSIVE TYPE • STEIoIIoIING HElCl .. T • UPLOSIV[ ENERGY • STEIoIMING MATERIAL • CHARGE CEOMETRY • 8[IICH HEI.G'" • LOADING METHOD • PATTERN • ,,....TER ,SOMETIMES • BURDEN TO S~ACIIIG "ATIO UNCOI/TROLLAIILEl • B.AST SIZE AND COl/FIGURATION. ETC • B.ASTING DIRECTION
!!.r..:.l T't'P'CIoL
PROOU:TIOt. 6.AST IS LESS TMAN Tv.-C SECON~S DUCU,~ION
(Bl UNCONTflOLLAILI VA"IABLES
• GEOLOGY • MATERIAL STREI/GTHS , PROPERTIES • STRUCTURAL DISCOI/TIHUITIES • WEnHER COI/DITIONS • WATER (SOMETI ... ES COl/TROLL ABLE I
• ETC.
(Cl OUTPUTS
• FRAGMENTATION • "'UC. PIl.E DISPLACEMENT • MUCK PILE PROFILE • GROUIID VIBRATIOIIS • AIRBLAST • 8ACK AIID SIDE SPILLS • 'LVIIOC. • MI,,.RES
• ElC
Figure 2.1 Field model illustrating blast design inputs and outputs. (from Atlas Powder Company, 1987, p. 185)
26
27
converted to high-pressure high-temperature gases. Pressures just behind
the detonation front are in the order of 9 kbar to 275 kbar, while temperatures
range from 3000 degrees to 7000 degrees Fahrenheit. The detonation pressure. is
expressed as:
(2.1)
where:
Pd = detonation pressure (kilobars)
p = density (grams per cubic centimeter)
VOD = velocity of detonation (feet per second).
Figure 2.2 illustrates the detonation process and the terminology associated
with it. The detonation process starts at the initiation point of the primer and
travels along the explosive column at supersonic speed. A primer is defined as an
explosive that accepts initiation from a detonator or a detonating cord. It differs
from a booster in that a primer contains a detonator and a booster does not. A
primer should have a minimum detonation pressure of 80 kbar (8 GPa) and should
match the diameter of the blast hole as closely as possible. It should have high water
resistance and should be physically strong to resist the weight of the charge and to
sustain high water pressures. The speed at which the detonation moves along the
explosive column is called velocity of detonation. The explosive material in front
of the detonation head is not affected until the detonation head passes through it
(Atlas Powder Company, 1987, pp. 159-160, 205-220).
Within the small length of the explosive column between the shock front and
the stable gaseous products, the pressures vary drastically. Figure 2.3 illustrates the
various definitions of pressures which occur in a detonating explosive. The pressure
in the undecomposed explosive has the highest magnitude and it is called spike
pressure (ps) or Neumann pressure. The explosive specific volume associated with
the spike pressure, Vs, is the smallest. Decomposition of the explosive begins at the
spike pressure and ends at the Chapman-Jouguet plane. This zone, SD in Figure
2.3, is called the reaction zone. The pressure at the Chapman-Jouguet plane
Expanding Giles
Shock/Slrell WIVe in the Surrounding M.dla
/
Direction of Dllonalion .. Undislurbed
Explosive
Figure 2.2 nlustration of detonation. (from Atlas Powder Company, 1987, p. 18)
~lOb ... or ~ •• ' I :glUII: o:r I be "0'. '~lt.oD' tiOD' r. .. .... I pr.lIll"
~ I I l,ezplol1011, I 1 'Pr.1I1lNI t
"" I 1 I ~, bo" 1 1 111.-'1 pr.111lNI D I I
f
J
t I
IzploUOD n.to
J)
t • Qlapun J~ltt rl11l'.o
I
• •
~
t I
t I
: pr.U\ll'O
1 1 1
f C:20 .tmO'~CM
:lIIock :Jllkr
: ~
------ --------- 1 •. c~"ithl rploUlo j I' l:c=;o:;c5~i:pl0-
-----.,..~ ::IIIC !UO Yoluao I1Y.
~--~.- i. ----------------~-
Figure 2.3 Relation between various pressures in the detonation. (from Hino, 1959, p. 61)
••. , ,-_. y .' .-.-.--.~---.-.- .-- ...... -
28
29
is called detonation pressure, Pd, and is approximately half the magnitude of the
spike pressure. At the Chapman-Jouguet plane, the specific volume VD is larger
than Vs but still smaller than the initial specific volume of the explosive VO' The
gaseous products of detonation expand from VD to occupy the initial specific volume
of the explosive, Vo , and the pressure decreases to a pressure defined as explosion
pressure, PE. The explosion pressure is approximately half the detonation pressure.
The pressure exerted on the borehole wall is defined as the borehole pressure, Ph. If
the explosive charge is perfectly loaded (fully coupled) with no air space left around
the explosive, the Ph is equal to PE. If the explosive charge is partially, loaded
leaving some air space around the charge (not fully coupled), the gaseous products
expand to fill the cavity and Ph is less than PE (Hino, 1959, pp. 61-62).
The length of the reaction zone depends on the explosive's ingredients, par
ticle size, density, and confinement. If some of the ingredients are coarse, part of
the reaction may occur behind the C-J plane. The length of the reaction zone
determines the minimum diameter at which the explosive has a reliable detonation.
This minimum diameter is called critical diameter. Powerful explosives have shorter
reaction zones and have smaller critical diameters than less powerful explosives such
as the blasting agents. Figure 2.4 shows pressure profiles created by detonation in
a borehole. The pressure profiles in the bottom of Figure 2. 4 give a general com
parison between an explosive and a blasting agent. Dick and others (1983, p. 4)
state that despite the detonation pressure of a high explosive often being several
times that of blasting agents, the borehole pressures of the two types of explosives
are of the same general magnitude. The figure does not show the spike pressure
mentioned by Hino (1959, p. 61).
Figure 2.5 shows the effect of air and water decoupling versus fully coupled
charges on the stress levels generated in the surrounding rock. The stress in the rock
is measured at 36 inches from the center of holes loaded with the same explosive.
The stresses created in the rock by a detonation of an explosive decrease sharply by
decoupling. The figure also shows the increase of the stress levels by using larger
diameter charges and using water as a coupling medium. Air decoupling is the most
Ott.Chon ot ."Iono"o" rr.ow,ment _
S~OC' fronl
~ _________ H_'_C_.C_O_'_.~_'__ ~~ ___________ N_H_.N_O_J_.C_H_' __________ ~ [aplo"or p.oa"c,,~' UnreOCIU p'oa"CI
C-J plO~'
p,tmorl "oct.on Ion,
Pa-JI"", IIpIO".'
PG ,,"'" DlO'''"g aglnl
I P.-'h"rr, 'IPIO"" I L ________________ ~ _________ _
~EY
Fa D"onOIlOI\ p'.uur, P, [lpIO"O" P"""'"
Figure 2.4 Pressure profiles created by detonation in a borehole (from Dick et al, 1983, p. 4) .
"
~.-------------------- 36' ------------------~--I - 6' - DiSlanCe to Point
~ Borehole of Observation
). - .!!..~ - - - - - - - - - -Elplolivr
I -E2' - Borehole Wall
----------~---I Elplosive I
I Borehole
~~:~IOSive --------------Air
I!€-=t:~: _ ~1·~~;live -:: I _:= - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---:::f::::-- BorthOle
I I
..Yl, I I I -I I
....I\... I
1.0
0.75
0.50
0.25
0
l" 0.25
0
l" 0.25
0
0.50
0.25
0
Figure 2.5 Effect of air and water decoupling versus fully coupled charges on the stress levels generated in the surrounding rock.
(from Atlas Powder Company, 1987, p. 200)
30
31
effective means for reducing the stress levels. The following formula is rec
ommended for calculating the borehole pressure:
Po = 1.69 X 10-3 P X VOD
2 X [Va X ~:r'
Where:
Pb = borehole pressure (pounds per square inch)
p = density of explosive (grams per cubic centimeter)
von = velocity of detonation (feet per second)
C = percentage of explosive column loaded expressed as a decimal
de = explosive diameter (inches)
dh = hole diameter (inches)
(2.2)
The formula suites explosives with no or small amount of metallic ingredients (Atlas
Powder Company, 1987, pp. 198-201).
The velocity of detonation, von, is an important explosive property because
it has a great effect on the detonation pressure and on the stress waves generated
by an explosion. The von depends on the charge diameter, the size and type of
the primer, type of the explosive, density of the explosive, degree of confinement,
and water conditions. The explosive charge attains its steady state velocity after
the detonation front moves some distance along the explosive column. The initial
velocity of detonation varies with the diameter, detonation pressure, and length of
the primer. Figure 2.6 shows the effect of the primer detonation pressure on the
initial velocity of ANFO in a 3 inch diameter charge column. Figure 2.7 shows the
effect of the primer diameter on the initial velocity of a 3 inch column of ANFO
using Cast Pentolite as a primer. The main charge column attains its steady state
von within some inches from the initiation point. Primers with high detonation
pressure, diameters close to the diameter of the charge column, and of reasonable
length have initial velocities greater than the steady state von of the main charge.
On the other hand, primers with low detonation pressures, smaller diameters than
the main charge, and short length may have initial velocities lower than the steady
state von of the main charge. This can lead to less efficient blasting.
---- .--...... _ .. __ ... .
24.000 j • U III 20.000 &Il
~ c E = 8 16.000 I ~ 12.000] c '0 . ~ ~ 'g I ~ B.OOO I D
.,
= C D
~ Ces: Pe"ll0111e
Delonltion Preuurt 01 Primer
~::: .. ~a· ~~ ~t.a'
4.000 J.I----.----__ ....,... __ -_..--_...,..-_~-~ o 4 . B 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Figure 2.6
Inches from Primer
Effect of primer detonation pressure on the initial velocity of ANFO in 8. 3 inch diameter test column.
(from Atlas Powder Company, 1987, p. 208)
32
16.000
14,000
-I.J CJ III
12.000
= -0 ~ Z
10.000 <: 0 >.
'u 8.000 0 ~ >
6.000
4.000 0 4 8
Diameter of Detonation Prellure of Primer (In.) Primer (kbar)
12
3 240 2-' 2 2
16 20
240 240 240
24
Normal Velocity
28
Distance From Point Of Initiation (In)
33
Figure 2.7 Effect of primer diameter on the initial velocity of a 3 inch column of ANFO using Cast Pentolite as a primer.
(from Atlas Powder Company, 1987, p. 209)
~2:r-~==~~~;;~==~~~~~~==~~ - COSI 50- 50 pentohlf. high uplosive ~Q
> t: 20 u 9 w > z Q 15 ~ z o IW o w 10 > in 9 c.. x
Straight gelatin, 60 pct high uplosive
lurry (weIer gel) blasting agent
Premilted AN-FO blasting aoent
~ 5~LU~-L ____ ~ ____ ~ ____ ~ ____ ~~ ____ ~ ____ ~~
o
Figure 2.8
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CI-IARGE DIAMETER, In
Effect of charge diameter on detonation velocity. (from Dick et al, 1983, p. 14)
34
Primers should be located at the point of most confinement and/or the loca
tion of the hardest rock seam along the blasthole in order to achieve better blasting
results. Wet conditions can lower the velocity of detonation of ANFO by half (Atlas
Powder Company, pp. 205-211).
The velocity of detonation can be increased by increasing charge diameter,
density, confinement, and coupling ratio. Decreasing the particle size of the explo
sive also increases the velocity of detonation. Figure 2.8 shows the effect of charge
diameter on the detonation velocity. Strong explosives attain their maximum ve
locities at much smaller diameters than the blasting agents (Dick et al, 1983, p.
14).
The velocity of detonation of ANFO can be increased by sparingly placing a
cartridge of high von explosive every few feet in the ANFO column. This blasting
technique is referred to as alterna~e velocity. The high VOD cartridges does not
need any change in the blast design. However, field full scale bench blasts show
that it is cost-effective and improves the results of the blast. Improvements in the
blast results include: better overall fragmentation, increase in burden velocities,
increase in cast distances, and loose muck piles (Atlas Powder Company, 1987, pp.
213-226)
2.2 Shock or Stress Wave Propagation
Shock and stress wave propagation throughout the surrounding rock is the
second phase of the blasting process. It immediately follows the detonation pulse or
develops in conjunction with it. The stress waves are, in part, a result of the impact
exerted by the rapidly expanding high pressure gases. The geometry of dispersion
of these waves depends on the location of the primer, detonation velocity, and shock
wave velocity in the rock. It has been stated (Atlas Powder Company, 1987, p. 164)
that:
"In general, the stress wave propagation geometry is not dependent on the shape of the ~h.arge .... If the charge is shot, with a length to diameter ratio less than or equal to 6:1, then the disturbance is propagated in the form of an expanding sphere. If the charge is long, with a length to diameter ratio of greater than 6:1, then the disturbance is propagated in the form of an expanding cylinder. This
assumes that the detonation velocity is much greater than the rock's elastic wave velocity."
35
If the explosive charge is spherical and initiated at its center, the geometry of
the outgoing wave in the surrounding rock should be spherical as long as the rock
can be considered homogeneous, isotropic, and elastic. This spherical geometry
is not dependent on the velocity of detonation of the explosive because both the
undecomposed explosive and the rock will not sense the motion until the wave
front passes through the point. Hence, the surrounding rock is unaffected until the
detonation front arrives at the spherical interface where the wave front propagates
in the rock as a spherical surface. If the charge is cylindrical, usually the case in
real blasts, the shape of the wave front depends on the ratio of the VOD to the
elastic wave velocity of the rock. For a velocity ratio greater than one, the wave
front is sphero-conical. For a velocity ratio equal to or less than one, the wave
front is spherical. Cylindrical wave fronts exist only for an infinite velocity ratio,
which is not realistic. More discussion about the shape of the wave front around a
cylindrical charge is presented in Chapter 4.
When the outgoing compressive wave front encounters a discontinuity or
interface, some energy is transferred across the discontinuity and some is reflected
back to its point of origin. The partitioning of energy depends on the ratio of the
acoustic impedance (longitudinal wave velocity times density) of the mst medium
to that of of the second medium. For an acoustic impedance ratio less than one, the
reflected and the transmitted waves are compressive. For an acoustic impedance
ratio equal to one, all energy is transmitted to the second material, and no reflection
takes place. For an acoustic impedance greater than one, the transmitted energy is
compressive and the reflected energy is tensile. At a free face, nearly all the energy
is reflected as a tensile wave. If the burden is relatively small, most of the reflected
energy is consumed in spalling at the free face (Atlas Powder Company, 1987, pp.
165-167).
Calculations of the stress wave energy based on radial strain measurements
estimate that the wave energy forms a small fraction of the total explosive energy.
In salt, the wave energy accounts for 1.8-3.9 % of the total explosive energy (Nicolls
36
and Hooker, 1962, p. 45) and for 10-18 % in granite gneiss (Fogelson et al, 1959,
p. 15). This may imply that most of the breakage process is carried out by the gas
energy. Wilson (1987, pp. 22-25) raises a reasonable criticism for this wave energy
estimation. He states that the wave energy is underestimated for several reasons.
The wave energy has been estimated from radial strain measurements on the as
sumption that the wave propagates spherically from a pressurized cavity and that
the radial strain accounts for about 97% of the total strain energy. He questioned
these assumptions because the measurements did not account for shear waves and
because the strains caused by the wave are significant in all three principal direc
tions. This estimation of the wave energy accounts for damping and attenuation but
not for energy lost in crushing, plastic deformation, and fracturing near the charge.
This underestimates the initial stress pulse calculated by Fogelson et al. The calcu
lated wave energies were not compared to directly measured total explosive energies
but to total explosive energies based either on theoretical calculations or estimated
from ballistic morter tests. Theoretical total explosive energy calculations are based
on the assumptions of ideal and oxygen-balanced chemical reactions. The real field
detonations of commercial explosives are not ideal and hence the released explosive
energy is less than the theoretical energy. Accordingly, the measured wave energy
forms a higher fraction of the actual released explosive energy. Finally, the energy
left for blast hole gas pressurization suffers losses due to gas venting, heat flow into
the rock, and turbulent gas flow into rock fractures. Hence, wave energy may con
tribute more to the rock breakage process because it forms a higher fraction of the
total explosive energy than the above estimation.
The maximum pressure amplitude at the blasthole wall (several times the
rock compressive strength) is achieved in a very short time (a fraction of a millisec
ond). The pressure amplitude decays rapidly to a magnitude approximately equal
to the dynamic compressive strength of the rock close to the blasthole (within a few
blasthole radii). This rapid decay is due to rock pulverization, crushing, displace
ment, and gas cooling. Out of the boundary of the crushed cavity, the pressure
amplitude decay with distance is approximately exponential. As the stress wave
propagates, it creates radial and tangential (hoop) stress components. Because the
37
tensile strength of rocks is smaller than their compressive strength, a zone of radial
cracks forms outside the crushed cavity. These radial cracks can result either from
the continuation of cracks in the crushed (non-linear) zone or from newly initiated
cracks from microfractures originally existing in the rock. The radial compressive
stress, being less than the rock compre.qsive strength, is not responsible for initiating
any new fractures at this stage. When the tangential stress amplitude decays to
a certain magnitude, the wave passes through the rock causing no further crack
ing. As the stress wave propagates, expanding explosion gases penetrate and extend
the previously formed cracks and the exerted high quasi -static stresses increase the
crushed zone radius and may initiate new cracks. That is because the static strength
and the yield limit are lower than the dynamic ones. Figure 2.9 schematically illus
trates the consecutive stages in the fracture process for a fully contained explosion.
"Then a free face exists close to the blasthole, the tangential tensile stresses at the
boundary of the cavity are not uniform anymore. They are maximized at points on
the hole boundary for which 4> (Figure 2.1O(a» is a maximum:
(2.3)
Also tensile stre~ses are generated at the free face with a maximum at point
A. The radial cracks at or close to the maximum tangential stresses, propagate at
the lowest critical gas pressure and are preferred fracture directions. When they
grow toward the free f~ce, they may determine the final crater boundary in the
vicinity of the charge (Figure 2.10(b ». The reflected tensile waves at the free face
may cause spalling at the free face and may add to the rock preconditioning, which
helps gas pressure in accomplishing more rock fragmentation. It has been stated
that the wave-generated radial fractures around the crushed cavity have a diameter
of six times the hole diameter for a spherical charge and nine times the hole diameter
for a cylindrical charge (Kutter and Fairhurst, 1971).
Spalling of rock by the reflected tensile wave at a free surface has been
considered the main rock breakage mechanism by some researchers. This theory is
called the reflection theory. The role of explosion gas pressurization in the
(.)c ....... .... 0········ :
'"~ h __ .f awll, €a ..... 11.-.1_ CNIheII a_
GIew'. -' ,MI&I frlelu'"
.... '· ... "e
Figure 2.9 Consecutive stages in the fracture process of a fully contained explosion.
(after Kutter and Fairhurst, 1971)
d
Borehole \ '\.RefleCtiOn Breakage
wcusct'C(""""'><Xo::>X«WU"'1rCOfXt:'S'MCCh)(:;cK7»«< ~ 1 I 4
T ,-....---.----.. ---- -----.. , .. ,
.. , I " .... ~- I "
38
1 d-.... ........ ,...... 'l
.... I "
1 0.", Ga. Expanllon , fracture I
c.) (b)
Figure 2.10 Influence of free face surface on stress distribution around cavity.
(after Kutter and Fairhurst, 1971)
39
breakage process is considered negligible in this school of thought. According
to the reflection theory, the breakage process progresses from the free surface back
toward the shot point and the rock is pulled apart, not pushed apart. Reflection
theory has been based on cratering tests in the field (Duvall and Atchison, 1957)
and laboratory tests in which rock bars we~e fractured by detonating an explosive
charge at one end CHino, 1959, Ch. 4).
High speed photography of full scale bench blasts shows that the initial move
ment of the bench face begins after much longer elapsed time than that required
for the stress wave to travel the burden distance. Lang and Favreau (1972) used
time-distance curves for measuring burden velocity at three locations along a bench
face. The curves show elapsed times of 30, 50, and 80 msec before any burden move
ment takes place. The elapsed times include a delay time of 25 msec. This leaves 5,
25, and 35 msec before any burden movement occurs. Lang (1979) postulates that
it takes about 1 msec per foot of burden before the mass movement begins. The
stress wave needs much less travel time to arrive at the free face. This observation
not only opposes the claim that spalling is the main rock breakage mechanism but
also challenges the existence of the mechanism in full scale blasts.
A relatively new theory, called nuclei or stress wave/flaw theory, has been
formulated at the University of Maryland. This theory is based on laboratory tests
in a brittle, transparent, polyester thermosetting polymer known commercially as
Hamolite 100. Unflawed and flawed photoelastic models have been studied using
high speed cameras to capture stress wave propagation and crack formation resulting
from contained and uncontained explosions. According to the nuclei theory, stress
waves play the major role in the fragmentation process and cause a substantial
amount of crack initiation at regions remote from the blasthole. Small or large flaws,
joints, bedding planes, and other discontinuities act as nuclei for crack formation,
development or extension. The fracture network spreads with the speed of the P
and S waves. Fragmentation in blocks of rocks continues even after the blocks are
detached from the rock mass due to the trapped stress waves. Finally, the theory
claims that gas pressurization does not contribute significantly to the fragmentation
---_ ... -_ .... '-"-.'" ' ... -.,- -,.-........ - ......... .
40
process (Atlas Powder Company, 1987, pp. 184-189; Dally et al, 1975; Winzer et
al, 1983).
2.3 Gas Pressure Expansion
During and/or after stress wave propagation, the high pressure and tem
perature explosion gases exert an intense stress field around the blasthole. This
stress field is capable of expanding the original blasthole, extending radial cracks,
and wedging into discontinuities. The researchers who support dominance of the
wave energy believe that the fracture network throughout the rock mass is already
completed. On the other hand, the researchers who support the dominance of the
gas energy believe that the major fracturing process is just beginning. There is not
much disagreement about the important role of the gases in displacing the fractured
material.
Gases travel along the path of least resistance in the rock mass(Le. through
joints, faults, and other discontinuities). Large open discontinuities or weak seams
between the blasthole and the free face can cause early venting of the gases to the
atmosphere. Such venting reduces displacement of the fragmented material and
increases air blast and fly rock problems. High speed photography studies of full
scale blasts show that confinement time of the gases before the onset movement
ranges from 5 to 110 msec. The confinement depends on the amount and type
of explosive, amount and type of stemming, rock structure and the burden (Atlas
Powder Company, 1987, pp. 167-168).
The rock blasting process as described by Langefors and Kihlstrom (1978, pp.
18-21) is summarized as follows. The enormous power produced by an explosive
detonation is not due to the fact that the amount of energy latent in the explosive is
extremely large but due to the rapidity of the reaction. When a contained explosive
is detonated in a blasthole of 40 mm diameter, a crushed zone of thickness equal to
or less than the hole diameter forms and radial cracks extend from some decimeters
to about a meter in a fraction of a millisecond by the tangential stresses created
by the propagating shock wave. When the shock wave reflects at a free face some
scabbing (spalling) takes place but it is of secondary importance in the breakage
41
process. Within the angle of breakage of a blasthole (about 120 degrees), only
about 3% of the explosive energy goes to rock breakage, which means that shock
wave energy is not responsible for major rock breakage, but only for providing the
basic conditions for this process. The third stage of the breakage is a slower process.
Under the influence of the pressure of the gases, the primary radial cracks expand
and the free rock face yields and moves forward. When the frontal rock surface
moves forward, the pressure is unloaded and the tension increases in the primary
cracks which incline obliquely forward. H the burden is not large, several of these
cracks expand to the free face and the rock is completely loosened and consequently
the burden is torn off. Having enough space for free burden movement is necessary
for providing good blast results.
Researchers who support the dominance of gas energy in the breaking process
base their support on two theories, the gas expansion theory and the flexural rupture
theory. According to the gas expansion theory, the pressure acting on the walls of an
explosive-filled hole, upon detonation, is approximately one half of the detonation
pressure because of expansion of the blasthole. This pressure propagates out from
the blasthole as a shock wave, compressing the material between the blasthole and
the shock front. Some radial cracks form around the blasthole at distance of abput
two hole radii and they propagate inward and outward. The largest number of
radial cracks form close to the blasthole. Few extend. In the absence of a free face,
a small number of these radial cracks extend relatively much farther than others.
When the shock wave (stress wave) reaches the free surface, the gases enter the
longest cracks and extend them. The extending cracks interact with the returning
tensile wave and the wave extends them until they reach the free face. The rock
mass is not accelerated by the remaining gas pressure until the pressurized radial
cracks reach the free face (Atl~ Powder Company, 1987, pp. 180-181).
The flexural rupture theory (Ash, 1973, pp. 219-222; Atlas Powder Com
'pany, 1987, pp. 181-183) claims that two distinct pressures form when a confined
explosive detonates in a borehole. The first is the detonation pressure and it is due
to the detonation itself. It acts momentarily against anyone part of the internal
surface area of the borehole. The second pressure is from the highly heated gases
---_ .. -- . " '-"-.", ........... -." .. , .. , - .... .
42
acting on the borehole walls. It is responsible for 90% of the energy needed for rock
breakage. Gas pressure is sustained for a longer time and is the major component
responsible for fragmentation and flexural rupture. Due to gas pressurization, the
borehole cavity expands and the tangential tensile stresses form radial cracks in
planes parallel with the borehole axis. No cracks form where the explosive is not
in immediate contact. Reflection breakage is considered negligible. Radial cracks
are driven by gas pressure through the burden until they reach the free face. Gas
pressure displaces rock through bending. During this stage the major breakage of
the intact rock takes place.
In bench blasting, rock breakage by flexural rupture is similar to bending and
breaking a modified rectangular cantilever beam. The model is illustrated in Figure
2.11. The length, height, and thickness of the beam represent the bench height (H),
burden (B), and spacing (S) respectively. The toe conditions are represented by the
fixed end of the beam and the stemming function is represented by a roller opposite
to the center of the stemming. Borehole pressure along the explosive column (PC)
is modeled by a uniformly distributed load (P). Sub drilling length and the rock load
acting on the floor are ignored. The stiffness of the bench decreases with increasing
H/B and SIB ratios. Decrease of stiffness results in good fragmentation and less
toe and overbreak problems (Ash, 1973, pp. 87-100; Atlas Powder Company, 1987,
pp. 180-181). An H/B ratio of more than three and an SIB ratio of more than one
should be used to avoid bad blasting results due to high stiffness bench conditions
(Smith and Ash, 1977).
2.4 Mass Movement
The last stage of the rock blasting process is mass movement (Atlas Powder
Company, 1987, pp. 168-170). At this stage, most of the fragmentation has been
completed by compressional and tensile waves, gas pressurization, or a combina
tion of both. Secondary fragmentation can take place from the impacts of rock
blocks at the bench fioor, especially with high benches. Also in-flight collisions
can contribute to fragmentation, especially from opposite rows in V -shot blasting
patterns.
X
f Bonch To~
Tc2d' • Stemming
'I I
I Explosive PC-gO" tw Column
I
1 o -I" e
Floor ._-- - .- ---7
~B.30u-i
v P
f'"l I c ---'1- d
~~--------------------------~I j -tile-
b 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 L-J I , , I I I , I I
Figure 2.11 Simulated conditions for bench blasting.
(after Ash, 1973, p. 88)
---.-- , ... _ .. - ....... , ........... ,.-... , .. -............... .
43
44
Mass burden movement of fragmented material has been analyzed by Atlas
Powder Company (1987, pp. 169-170) using high-speed photography. Where no
sub drilling is employed, either the entire length of the face burden in front of the
explosive column moves out parallel to the face or moves similar to :flexural rup
ture. Very competent brittle rocks and well-defined structure with joint spacings
larger than the burden and spacing of the blasting pattern move parallel to the free
face. Soft, highly fissured, closely jointed rocks such as coal and some sedimentary
deposits move similar to :flexural rupture. Figure 2.12 shows the effect of the toe
burden on the rock face movement when subdrilling is employed. When the face is
straight between the crest and the toe, the movement is similar to :flexural rupture.
When the toe burden is greater than the crest burden, very little movement occurs
at the toe and the greatest movement occurs in the upper half of the face (Figure
2.12(b». If the crest burden is too 'short, many adverse conditions may take place
such as fly rock, blowouts, and increased air blast (Figure 2.12 (c». Inclined bore
hole drilling, using higher energy bottom charges in the current vertical holes, or
decreasing the burden with the current holes can be used to overcome the difficulties
associated with large toe burdens. A voiding leftover muckpiles prevents toe burden
movement restriction. Stemming the borehole in rock sections with soft seams or
open joints prevents premature gas venting.
2.5 Time Events from Detonation to Mass Movement
Assuming the rock is homogeneous, Lang and Favreau (1972) divide the rock
breakage by explosives into three stages:
(1) Upon the detonation of the explosive, the high pressure shatters the rock
in the neighborhood of the hole. The outgoing shock wave, travelling at
velocities from 3,000 to 5,000 m/sec, creates tangential stresses that initiate
radial cracks which spread out from the region of the hole. The first radial
cracks develop in one to two milliseconds (Figure 2.13 (a».
(2) The pressure associated with the outgoing shock wave (stress wave) is com
pressive. When the shock wave reflects at a free face, it becomes a tensile
wave. While the reflected tensile wave travels back, it develops primary
(a)
(b)
(c)
Bfneh Top j-B-j
I
Slimming
£lplOllvt
COlumn
Sutlg .. d. _i __
-r--
Bf'cn Top
$I,mmlng
EII'IO'I\,' COIU~'It'
Suogllo, _1 __
fllliosiv. Column
3 • 2
Vs > v ... v3 > v 2 > VI
Burd.n Mown oul II FI •• urll Ruplur,
To, Burd,n Mow" up II I Grul,r Angl, 10 Ih' Horlzonlll
Vs
V3
Bench Floor
Vs
Vs > v .. > V3 > V2 > VI
To. Burd.n Shows Lolli. Moum.nl
B.nCh Bottom
Smlll Crill lurel.ns Clun Ilowouis Ind Poor To. Mo"m.nl
45
Figure 2.12 Effect of the toe burden on the movement of the blasted rock face.
(from Atlas Powder Company, 1987, p. 171)
Shattered RO~~ ____ ... ~~
First l'adial crack.!s_-===:;r-
1-5 Positions o! the ol!tbo\:.nd compressio:1 wa .... e
(a) Plan vie~ of stage 1
1-3 Positions o! outbound compression wave
4-5 Positions o! reflected wave
(b) Plan vie,,', of ltase 2
Expanded Borehole
Original Borehole
.... Unloading, the rock breaks under tension
-. Detached, broken mass move s forward
(C) Plan view of Itase 3
Figure 2.13 Stages of the rock blasting process (after Lang and Favreau, 1972)
46
-
47
failure cracks because rocks are less resistant to tensile stresses than to com
pressive stresses. H the reflected tensile stresses have sufficient intensity, they may
cause spalling at the free face (Figure 2.13 (b».
(3) In the last stage, the actual breakage of rock is slower. The primary radial
cracks are enlarged rapidly by the wedging high pressure gases combined with
the effect of the tensile stresses induced by radial compression. When the
mass in front of the borehole yields and moves forward, the high compressive
stresses within the rock unload in a way similar to that of a compressed coil
spring being suddenly released. The unloading induces high tension stresses
within the rock mass which completes the breakage process started during
the second stage. The rock preconditioning created by small and threshold
fracture conditions in the second stage, serves as zones of weakness to initiate
the major fragmentation reactions (Figure 2.13 (c».
Lang and Favreau (1972) consider the scabbing effect at the fre~ face to be
of secondary importance in rock breaking. They claim that in most explosives,
the shock wave energy theoretically amounts to only 5-15% of the total explosive
energy. This means that the shock wave energy provides the basic rock condition
ing by inducing numerous small fractures but is not directly responsible for any
significant rock breakage.
In the previous discussions, the focus is more or less on separate stages of
the rock blasting process. In a real field blast, more than one event can occur at the
same time. Figure 2.14 shows the interaction of the time events in a typical quarry
bench. The figure is for the following assumed conditions: 40 ft ANFO colunm with
VOD of 13,000 ftlsec, bottom priming, stemming length of 20 ft, burden of 15 ft,
in limestone with sonic velocity of 15,000 ftlsec and density of 2.3 glee. It takes a
few microseconds after initiating the primer for the detonation pulse to travel 2 -
6 hole diameters along the charge column to achieve the steady state VOD. It takes
about 3 msec for the 40 ft charge to be completely detonated. During this 3 msec
period, blast hole expansion through crushing has taken place, and the compressive
stress wave propagates in every direction at a speed equal to the sonic velocity of
Figure 2.14
v, 10 It 1~DO It u,
20 I 1
t I u, I I I
.c
I I I
-L-
MOl, D •• .... lurGtft '$
Interaction of blasting time events in a t.ypical quarry bench. (from Atlas Powder Company, 1987, p. 173)
48
49
limestone. It takes 1 msec for the compressive wave to travel the 15 ft burden.
Following the propagating wave, radial cracks develop in the crushed region at a
speed of 25- 50% of the P wave velocity of the limestone. New cracks and/or
extensions of preexisting cracks and flaws can grow anywhere between the free face
and the blasthole if the the intensity of the compressive wave is high enough. When
the outgoing compressive wave reflects at the free face as a tensile wave, it travels
back at a lower velocity because of the fractures formed by the outgoing wave. If
the burden is small enough and the reflected tensile wave is strong enough, some
scabbing at the top of the bench and at the free face can take place, but no significant
mass movement will occur.
After the complete reaction time of ANFO (3 msec), the explosion gases
reach a new equilibrium due to blast hole expansion. Temperature and pressure
drops reduce the available energy to 25 - 60% of the theoretical original explo
sive energy. The remaining energy, along with the earlier detonation pulse act to
displace the preconditioned rock mass in the direction of least resistance. Further
fragmentation may take place at this stage by the gases entering and extending
preexisting cracks and discontinuities. Contradictions exist between the blasting
theories about fragmentation at this stage. Some researchers believe that the ma
jor fracture network has already been completed by the interaction of stress waves
in the surrounding material within 3 msec. Others believe that the major fracture
network is just beginning. Mass movement and displacement by confined gas pres
sure and the detonation momentum takes place at a much later time. The onset of
the mass movements in typical bench blasts have the following time ranges. Bench
top swelling occurs between 1 and 60 msec. Stemming ejection takes place within 2
to 80 msec. Bench burdens initial movements occur between 5 and 110 msec (Atlas
Powder Company, 1987, pp. 173-174).
---_. '-_. , .. ,_. '- .',. ... " ,.- .. _. --, .... , , '.' - .--. - .
50
CHAPTER 3
FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION AND TESTING PROBLEMS FOR
A TWO DIMENSIONAL COMPUTER PROGRAM (SABM)
The Finite Element Method (FEM) is a piecewise approximation of a func
tion ~, by means of polynomials, each defined over a small region (element) and
expressed in terms of nodal values of the function. The FEM is versatile and can be
applied to many problems. Continuum mechanics, fluid flow, seepage, temperature
flow are examples of such versatility. The region under consideration for a given
problem, can have arbitrary shape, loads, and boundary conditions (Cook, 1981,
pp.2-3).
3.1 Finite Element Formulation
3.1.1 Derivation of the Finite Element Equation
The derivation of the finite element equation is summarized as follows (Cook,
1981 and Richard, 1988). In the displacement method of formulation, the appro
priate functional is the potential energy expression, IIp.
Let displacements {I} = {u v w} within the element to be interpolated from
the element nodal degrees of freedom(d.o.f), {d}, by the assumed field. The dis
placements, expressed in terms of the nodal displacements and the shape functions,
can be expressed as
{I} = [N]{d} (3.1)
The strains are calculated by differentiating the displacements.
{E} = [O]{/} = [O][N]{d} = [B]{d} (3.2)
----. -_. ., .. _ ... -.--•...... ,.-.,- --, '. . . -- .. -.... -
51
Stresses can be calculated from the elasticity matrix, constitutive relation, and
strains.
{t1} = [E]{E} = [E][B]{d}
Where:
[ B ] = Compatibility matrix (displacement strain relations).
[ 0 ] = Differential operator matrix.
[ N ] = Matrix of approximation functions.
[ E] = Constitutive relation matrix (elasticity matrix).
(3.3)
A body of volume V and of surface area S has the total potential energy IIp(Cook,
1981, p. 62):
IIp = J UodV - J {f}T{F}dV - J {f}T{~}dS (3.4) v v s
Where:
(3.5)
Substituting [B]{d} for [e] and [N]{d} for if} in equation (3.4), we get:
IIp = J 1/2{d}T[B]T[E][B]{d} dV - J {d}T[B]T[E]{eo} dV v v
+ J {d}T[B]T{ t1o} dV - J {d}T[N]T{F} dV (3.6) v V
-J {d}T[N]T{~} dS S
For a system in equilibrium, the theorem of minimum potential energy requires
that the variation of IIp, c5IIp, should be zero if an arbitrary small admissible
displacement variation in {d},8{d}, takes place(Cook, 1981, p. 57). Noting that
8 {d} :/: 0, we have
. I.e.
aIIp aid} = 0
:Ycl} = j[B]T[E][B] dV{d} - j[B]T[E]{EO} dV + j[B]T{uo} dV
V V V
- j[N]T{F} dV - j[N]T{~} dS
V s
Equation (3.8) can be written in the short form:
[k]{d} = {r}
Where:
[k] = j[B]T[E][B] dV
V
and,
{r} = j[B]T[E]{EO} dV - j[B]T{uo} dV
V V
+ j[N]T{F} dV + j[N]T{~} dS
V s
={p} initial strain forces - {p} initial stress forces
+ {p} surface traction forces + {p} body forces
52
(3.7)
(3.8)
(3.9)
(3.10)
(3.11)
The vector of external loads applied at the structure nodes, {P}, is preferred to be
added after assembling the elements. .
Here, {r} includes many load tenns. This formulation is given only for com
pleteness. Any term which does not exist in a particular problem can be dropped.
Matrix [k] is called the element stiffness matrix and vector {r} is called element
load vector. If the body forces are eliminated from the element load vector, the
remaining tenns are the load components applied by the element to its nodes.
53
If we expand [k] and {r} to structure size, then the equations of all elements
can be assembled to form the finite element equations of the structure(Cook, 1981,
pp. 82-83). This can be represented by the equations:
numel numel
[K] = 2: [k] , {R} = {P} + 2: {r} (3.12) 1 1
and equation (3.9) becomes:
[K]{D} = {R} (3.13)
Where:
[K] = stiffness matrix of the structure;
{D} = vector of nodal displacements of the structure;
{P} = vector of loads applied at the nodes of the structure.
In case of two dimensional elasticity problems (Cook, 1981, pp. 12-15), the differ
ential operator matrix has the form:
[0] = [t ~] 8y 8%
(3.14)
In this case, the stress vector is {q} = {q % q Y q %y} and the strain vector is {E} = {E% Ey f%y}, The elasticity matrix [E] in case of plane stress has the form:
[£1= 1~P2 [~ ~ l~'] and in case of plane strain [E] has the form:
Where:
E = Young's elastic modulus;
p. = Poisson's ratio.
(3.15)
(3.16)
54
If the element coordinates are defined in a local coordinate system different from the
global coordinate system adopted for the structure, then a transformation matrix is
needed to transform the local stiffness matrix [SL] to the global stiffness matrix [SE].
This is commonly done at the element level. The following relations (llichard, 1988,
p. 13 and Cook, 1981, pp. 151-152) are used for stiffness, load, and displacement
transformations.
[SE] = [Tf[SL][T]
Where:
{J} = element displacement vector in local coordinates;
{r} = element load vector in local coordinates;
[SE] = element stiffness matrix in global coordinates;
[SL] = element stiffness matrix in local coordinates.
3.1.2 Isoparametric Formulation
(3.17)
(3.18)
In this section the isoparametric formulation will be presented(Cook, 1981,
pp. 113-142). Isoparametric elements are useful in grading a mesh from course to
fine and in modelling structures with curved edges.
Element nodes are used to define the displacements and coordinates of a
point inside the element. Symbolically, this is done using the following relations:
{u v w} = [N]{d}
. {x y z} = [N]{ c }
(3.19)
(3.20)
Vector {c} contains the global coordinates. Matrices [N] and [.IV] are the matrices
of the shape functions. They are functions of the intrinsic coordinates e , TJ, and
C. If the number of nodes is identical and if [N] and [.IV] are identical in the above
relations, the element is called isoparametric.
55
3.1.2.a The Plane Linear lsoparametric Element
Isoparametric elements are similar in formulation. The essential changes are
the addition of nodes and using different shape functions. Hence, formulation of
linear isoparametric element can be extended to more complicated elements.
The linear element is shown in Figure 3.1 (Cook, 1981, p. 117). It is an
arbitrary quadrilateral. Its natural axes e and '1 pass through the midpoints of the
opposite sides. The orientation of the e'1 coordinates is dictated by the element
assigned node numbers. The natural axes are not required to be orthogonal or to
be parallel to the x- or y-axis.
1 ~ __ ~'2 ...L
""-------------111.11
(bl
Figure 3.1 Linear quadrilateral element. (a) In the eTJ space. (b) In the xy space.
(from Cook, 1981, p. 117)
The global coordinates and displacements are defined as,
{: } = [N]{c} and {:} = [N]{d} (3.21)
----_. -_. . .. .-.. ~ .. ,. -, _.. ,- ,., ... , .- ... ,
Where:
{d} = {UI VI U2 V2 U3 V3 U4 V4}
[N) = [Nl 0 N2 0 N3 0 N4 0] o NI 0 N2 0 N3 0 N4
It is useful sometimes to write equation (3.21) in the form
x = LNi Xi
y= LNi Yi
The shape functions are
U= LNi Ui
V = LNi Vi
1 N2 = -(1 + e)(l - .,.,)
4 1
N4 = -(1 - e)(l +.,.,) 4
56
(3.22)
(3.23)
(3.24)
(3.25)
(3.26)
Generally u and v are not e-parallel and .,.,-parallel. Usually they are x-parallel and
y-parallel.
To find [k), [B) is needed. Matrix [B) is written in terms of e and .,., and
can not be written in terms of x and y. Hence, coordinate transformation of the
derivatives and the chain rule are needed. Let «1> be some function of x and y.
Applying the chain rule gives
a«1> a«1> ax a«1> ay -=--+--a.,., ax a.,., aya.,., or in matrix form
{ «1>,~ } = [J] { «1> ,z } «1>,'1 «1>,y (3.27)
V\There [J] is the Jacobian matrix and it is defined as
57
[J] = [x,( y,(] = [J11 J12] X ,'I 11,'1 J21 J22
(3.28)
The inverse of equation (3.27) gives
(3.29)
Equations (3.27), (3.28), and (3.29) are general. For the plane isoparametric ele
ments ~ is either u or v. Numerical values of coefficients in [J] are functions of the
size, shape, and orientation of the element. For the linear element, from equation
(3.25)
Where:
1-7] Nl ~ =---. ., 4'
1-7] N2 ,( = -4- , ... etc .
J12 ,J21 , and J22 can be obtained similarly.
To find [B], we write
{ f} [1 0 0 0] {U'X} if} = f: = 0 0 0 1 ~,y f 0 1 1 0 ,x xy V
,y
r"} [ru rl2 0
o ]{u.E} U,y _ r21 r22 0 o u,'1
V,X - 0 0 r ll rl2 v,( V,y 0 0 r21 r22 v,'1
rE} [N .. E 0 N2,( 0 ... etc.] u,'1 _ N1,'1 0 N2,'1 0 ... etc. {d} v,( - 0 N1,( 0 N2,'1 ... etc. v,'1 0 N1,'1 0 N2,'1 ... etc.
(3.31)
(3.32)
(3.33)
(3.34)
Multiplication of matrices in the order given by equations (3.32) through (3.34)
produces matrix [B](Cook, 1981, pp. 118-119). Now we can calculate the stiffness
matrix.
58
+1+1
[k] = j j[B]T[E][B] t dxdy = j j[B]T[E][B] t J dedf/ (3.35) -1-1
Where t is the element thickness and J is the determinant of the (3] matrix. This
determinant is a function of position within the element and is the scale that mul
tiplied by area dedTJ gives dx dy. Typically coefficients in [B] depend on nodal
coordinates and have e and TJ polynomials in both denominator and numerator. So,
numerical integration must be used in equation (3.35).
The element load vector is
+1 +1
j J ([B]T[E]{eo} - [B]T{O'o} + [N]T{F}) J t dedTJ (3.36) -1-1
It must be evaluated numerically as well. Surface tractions are calculated separately.
Gauss integration is recommended, since it has been proved most useful in
finite element work (Cook, 1981, p. 119 ). In two dimensions, a function ~ = ~(e, TJ)
can be integrated using the formula
+1+1
1= J J ~(e,TJ) dedTJ ~ ~~WiWj ~(ei,TJj) -1 -1 I J
(3.37)
Where:
ei ,TJj = natural coordinates of the sampling point;
Wi, Wj = weighting functions for the sampling points whose coordinates are
ei and TJj·
Each coefficient in the integrand in equation (3.35) is integrated similar to the
above ~ function. Generally, a polynomial of degree 2n - 1 is integrated exactly by
n-points Gauss quadrature.
In the isoparametric family, higher order elements can be obtained by adding
side nodes to the lower order elements. Shape functions for higher order elements
can be obtained by intuition, trial, inspection, and familiarity with simpler elements.
The procedure is explained in books dealing with the subject(e.g. Cook, 1981,
59
pp. 125-127; Zienkiewicz, 1985, pp. 155-161; Bathe, 1982, pp. 199-201). Table 3.1
shows the shape functions to be added and the modification of the pre-existing
shape functions when a new node is added to the element. This table provides
shape functions needed to upgrade the four noded element to a nine noded element.
Node numbering for the upgraded elements follows the numbering system shown
on the quadratic element of Figure 3.2. The last column of the table is taken from
Bathe (1982, p. 200). Signs of the terms needed for adjusting the shape functions,
due to the addition of node nine, has been corrected. These corrected values are
added to the table published by Cook (1981, p. 127) to form table 3.1.
3.1.2.b Quarter Point Eight Noded Isoparametric Element
In this section the quarter point eight noded isoparametric element and the
eight noded isoparametric elements are reviewed(Henshell, and Shaw, 1975; Bar
soum, 1976; Banks-Sills and Shennan, 1986). The approximation functions for the
plane eight noded serendipity isoparametric element are expressed as
Ni = [(1 + eei)(l + TJTJi) - (1 - e)(l + TJTJi) - (1 - TJ2)(1 + eei)] erTJ; /4
+ (1 - e)(l + TJTJi)(l - enTJ; /2 + (1 - TJ2)(1 + eei)(l - TJ;)el /2 (3.38)
where Ni is the shape function corresponding to the node i whose coordinates in
the x-y coordinate system are (Xi, Yi) and in the transformed e - TJ system are Cei,
TJi).
The coordinates and displacements within the element are interpolated using
the following equations:
8
X = L Ni(e, TJ) Xi
i=l 8
Y = LNi(e,TJ) Yi i=l
(3.39)
Ni
NI
N2
N3
N4
Ns
N6
N7
Ns
Ng
Table 3.1 Shape FUnctions for the Plane Quadratic Isoparametric Element. The Table is Written in a Form That Permits
a Variable Number of Nodes.
4 Linear Edges 3, 2, I or 0 Linear Edges, Others Quadratic
Include Nodes I to 4 Add Node 5 Add Node 6 Add Node 7 Add Node 8 Add Node 9
(1- ()(I- q)/4 -Ns/2 -Ns/2 +Ng/2
(I + ()(I- q)/4 -Ns/2 -N6/2 +Ng/2
(1 +()(I + q)/4 -N6/2 -N7/2 +Ng/2
(I-()(I + q)/4 -N7I2 -Ns/2 +N9/2
(1- e)(l- q)/4 -Ng/2
(I + ()(I- q2)/4 -Ng/2
(I - (2)(1 + q)/4 -Ng/2
(1- ()(I- q2)/4 -Ng/2
(1 - (2)(1 - q2)/4
0) o
---.--. ,
( -\,Il
-J I I
(-I, -\ )
y, v Edge T7 = +1
Edge T7 = -1 '----------------:C, II
Figure 3.2 Plane quadratic element. (after Cook, 1981, p. 125)
('7 4 , (I, \) 7 3
1._, s
I I" J C
5 2 I I (\.-1)
(0 )
7
! (b)
61 .
1'1 3
6
5 2 x
B A I
Figure 3.3 Eight noded isoparametric element. (a) Before Node dislocations. (b) After node dislocations.
(from Banks-Sills and Sherman, 1986)
8
U = L Ni(e, '1) Ui
i=1 8
V = LNi(e, '1) Vi
i=1
62
(3.40)
It has been proved that if the mid-side nodes are moved toward a comer node and
located at distances from the comer node equal to one quarter of the length of the
side, strains and stresses will have inverse square route singularities at the corner
node(Henshell and Shaw, 1975; Barsoum, 1976). Figure 3.3 shows the locations
of the nodes before and after being moved toward the comer (Banks-Sills and
Sherman, 1986). After dislocating those mid-side nodes, the element is referred
to as a quarter point eight noded isoparametric element or in short quarter point
element.
This element is very useful in linear elastic fracture mechanics. Its use in
stress intensity factor calculations proved to be very accurate and at the same time
does not require an excessively fine mesh at the crack tip. It has many advantages
over the special singular elements that were used before to handle the crack tip
singularity. That is because it can be implemented in the mesh as any other finite
element.. The previously used singular elements cause difficulties when incorporated
into finite element programs or can not be incorporated at all. In addition, some
singular elements cause displacement incompatibility between the singular element
and the neighbouring regular elements or may substantially increase the bandwidth
of the stiffness matrix (Banks-Sills and Sherman, 1986).
63
3.2 Description of the SABM ProUam and Its Ca,pabilities
3.2.1 Description of the SABM Program
The SABM computer program is designed to handle problems of structural
analysis and blast modelling. It is written in FORTRAN 77. The program is com
piled and tested on the VAX machines available at the computer center at the
University of Arizona (Center for Computing and Information Technology, 1985,
p. 6). The program is written to handle two dimensional problems in three di
mensional space. Material of individual elements must be homogeneous, linearly
elastic, and isotropic. Figure 3.4 illustrates the flow diagram of the program. This
flow diagram is similar to that used by Richard(1988, p. 4) for static analysis.
In Figure 3.4:
NPT = nodal point number;
X, Y, Z = global coordinates of the nodal point;
TEMP = temperature of the nodal point;
IE = element number;
NTYPE = element type;
MAT, MATL = element material type;
IPROP = element property;
E = Young's modulus;
POlS = Poisson's ratio;
WT = unit weight of the material;
A = cross-sectional area of the element;
THK = element thickness;
{U;} = element global displacement;
XXI = moment of inertia about the x-axis.
SABM is a finite element program based on displacement formulation and theory
of minimum potential energy as described in the previous section of this chapter.
Here, it is summarized in words parallel to the flow diagram. The domain of interest
64
Enter Geometry, Element & Material Data 1. Node point data-
NPT, X(NPT), Y(NP'!), Z(N'PT), TEMP(NPT) 2. Element data-
IE, I(IE), .•. NTYPE(IE), MATL(IE), IPROP(IE) 3. Material data-
MAT, E(MAT), POIS(MAT), VvT(MAT), ... 4. Property data-
IPROP,. A(IPROP), THK(IPROP), XXI(IPROP) , ...
II Enter Loads, Initial Displacements, Boundary Conditions II r
Compute: Local Stiffness Array, ISL) Local to Global Trans ormation, [T) Global Stffness Array, [SE)=[T]T, [SL)[T] Store Global Stiffness --<
Apply Boundary CondHions Solve Equations for Displacements
Report Displacements
v
Soh'e for Element Forces(Strains, Stresses, Etc.) {p}=[SL)[T]{U;} ,
Calculate Principal Stresses & Strain Energy Report Results -=<
Figure 3.4 Flow cliagram for the SAB~f program
65
is discretized into finite elements (small regions). A displacement field is assumed
for each type of element. The elements are connected with each other at common
points called nodes. The displacement field for each element type is differentiated
to get the strains. These strains and the elasticity matrix are used to calculate the
strain energy. A total potential energy expression is established from the strain
energy and the work done by the external forces. This expression is then differ
entiated with respect to the nodal displacements and equalized to zero to satisfy
equilibrium and the minimum total potential energy condition. A system of si
multaneous algebraic equations results in which the nodal displacements form the
vector of unknowns and the coefficients form the stiffness matrix at the element
level. The systems of equations for all the elements are assembled to form a global
system of equations for the domain. Then boundary conditions are applied and
the equations are solved for the global nodal displacements (primary unknowns).
Finally, strains and stresses( secondary unknowns) are calculated using the global
displacements and the elasticity matrix. Now the finite element calculations are
completed. VVe can calculate the principal stresses, strain energy, and any other
quantity using the FEM results.
Ten finite elements are included in the program: two noded truss element in
three dimensional space, planar two noded beam element, three noded triangular
element (TRIM3), four noded quadrilateral element (QUAD4), quarter point eight
noded element (QQUAD8), eight noded element (QUAD8), nine noded element
(QUAD9), and three mixed order (degraded) elements. The mixed order elements
are: five noded (QUAD5), six noded (QUAD6), and seven noded (QUAD7) ele
ments. The elements having four to nine nodes belong to the serendipity isopara
metric family of elements.
Cook (1981, pp. 122-124) provides two subroutines which are modified and
used in SABM. Subroutine SHAPE calculates the shape function matrix, [N], and
the compatibility matrix, [B]. Subroutine QUAD.is for calculations of the local stiff
ness matrix, [SL]. QUAD is based on Gauss quadrature for the numerical evaluation
of the [SL] matrix. The two subroutines originally have been written for the four
-----. -_. .' ... -.. -.--..... ' .. -- -. - . .. - , ... -
66
noded quadrilateral of Figure 3.1. These subroutines are modified and expanded to
ful£l1 the needs of the higher order elements. These modifications include coding
the shape functions and their derivatives and changing the dimensions of the arrays
for each of the SABM elements. Table 3.2 summarizes the dimensions of the ma
trices of the approximation functions, compatibility, transformation, local stiffness,
and global stiffness used in SABM.
Table 3.2 Summary of the Dimensions of the Approximation FUnction, Compatibility, Transformation, Local Stiffness, and Global Stiffness Matrices.
Element Type N-Matrix B-Matrix T-Matrix SL-Matrix SE-Matrix
2 Node Bar 1 x2 1 x2 2 x6 2 x2 6 x6
2 Node Beam 1 x6 1 x6 6 x6 6 x6 6 x6
3 Node Trim 2 x6 3 x3 6 x9 6 x6 9 x9
4 Node Quad 2 x8 3 x8 8 x12 8 x8 12 x12
5 Node Quad 2 xl0 3 xl0 10 x15 10 xl0 15 x15
6 Node Quad 2 x12 3 x12 12 x18 12 x12 18 x18
7 Node Quad 2 x14 3 x14 14 x21 14 x14 21 x21
8 Node Quad 2 x16 3 x16 16 x24 16 x16 24 x24
9 Node Quad 2 x18 3 x18 18 x27 18 x18 27 x27
Subroutine STORE, for storing the stiffness matrix and subroutine EQSOLV,
for solving the linear algebraic system of equations, are taken from Richard (1988,
pp. 79-81). Both subroutines store matrices in an efficient vector form storage
technique. EQSOLV uses the Gauss forward reduction technique to solve the system
of equations. The technique is described in several books, e.g. Cook (1981, pp. 41-
46) and Desai (1979, pp. 409-417).
67
3.2.2 Capabilities of the SABM Program
SABM is capable only of handling linear and static problems. It is not
written to handle problems which have non-linearity or those in time domain. It
needs all load components to be read from the input file. The program can handle
both plane stress and plane strain problems. It can handle cracks in linearly elastic
domains. There is no limitation on the number of materials, number of elements, or
number of nodes required for a given problem size. The limitations will depend on
the machine storage capacity. The dimensions of these arrays can be adjusted easily
by changing the values of the symbolic constants in a few FORTRAN statements
to meet the storage capacity of the machine.
SABM calculates strains, stresses in the local coordinates, principal stresses
in the global coordinates, and the strain energy density at each Gauss point in the
isoparametric elements. Global displacements, principal stresses, and strain energy
density are reported in separate files accompanied by their global coordinates to be
available for further processing by graphical software packages. A separate output
file is used for reporting the input data file and all the results, except strain energy,
accompanied by text templates and explanation of the reported data. Input data
needed for the SABM program is explained in Appendix A. The appendix includes
examples for input and output files. The names of files, Gauss quadrature order,
and an option for only checking data are entered interactively.
68
3.3 Testing Problems for the SABM Program
All ten elements included in the program were tested using stick models, and
the results were satisfactory. It was felt that it is appropriate to check the results for
more realistic problems. In this section three types of problems are solved to verify
and test the correctness and reliability of the SABM program. These problems are
a cantilever beam with a tip load, a circular hole in a plate subjected to a uniaxial
compression stress field, and a single edge crack in a plate under uniaxial tensile
stress.
3.3.1 Cantilever Beam Modelling
A cantilever beam of 10 m length, 2 m height, and 0.25 m thickness is
modelled. Its elastic constants are E = 1 X 107 N 1m2 and f..l = 0.25. Five models
are made for the beam. The models are composed of the following numbers and
types of elements: 20 TRIM3, 10 QUAD4, 20 QUAD4, 10 QUAD8, and 10 QUAD9.
Figure 3.5 shows the models used. The model using QU AD9 elements is the same
as that using QU AD8 elements, except that a ninth node is added at the center of
each element. The tip load applied to the beam is 100 Newtons c!irected downward.
It is applied as lumped loads at the nodes of the free end of the beam.
Bending stresses and maximum tip displacements can be calculated using
the following Strength of Materials formulas (Jackson and Writz, 1983, pp. 294-
307):
Where:
Atip = maximum tip deflection;
P = load applied at the tip;
E = Young's modulus;
(3.41)
(3.42)
69
./ -, 10
.... 2 ' !
~~ 1-
~v ------ ------ - CD - ~----- -- --- j
~ ~----- ------ - AB - 1-0----- f-------~t>! ~ ., ~k ,II'
~~ (8)
(b)
'" ~ '~ ~P'" ,I
/. ~, A'--I.
(c)
(d)
Figure 3.5 Cantilever beam models. (a) 10 QUAD4 elements. (b) 10 QUADS elements. (c) 20 QUAD4 elements. (d) 20 TRIM3 elements. Dimensions are in meters, thickness = 0.25 m.
I = moment of inertia about the principal axis (z-axis);
q z = bending stress at distance x from the free end;
Mz = bending moment at distance x from the free end;
y = distance from the principal axis.
70
The tip displacements obtained from the five FEM models are summarized in Table
3.3. The FEM displacements are expressed as ratios to the corresponding Strength
of Materials values.
Table 3.3 Summary of Tip Displacements Calculated by the FEM Cantilever Beam Models. Displacements are Expressed as Ratios to the Displacement of the Strength of Materials.
N umber of Elements Element Type ~tip Ratio
20 TRIM3 0.39
10 QUAD4 0.73
20 QUAD4 0.92
10 QUAD8 1.03
10 QUAD9 1.03
A Gauss quadrature order of 2 by 2 is used for the QUAD4 and QUAD8
elements. For QUAD9, the quadrature order of 2 by 2 gave very erroneous results.
It gave elastic displacements of upto 10+16 • Appendix A.1 includes output files for
a stick model for a cantilever beam problem. The beam tip is subjected to -6000
Newtons. The beam is modelled with two QUAD9 elements. The tip displacement
obtained by the 2x2 quadrature order is - 0.111xlO+l5 • The tip displacement
obtained by the quadrature order of 3x3 is - 0.143. These displacements are the
displacement component in the y-direction for node 15 in the output files. An order
of 3 by 3 gave good results as shown in Table 3.3 and in Appendix A.1.
71
From Table 3.3, we can see the very good results obtained by QUAD8. Its re
sults are better than those obtained by using twice the number of QUAD4 elements.
QUAD8 gave the same results as QUAD9, which needed numerical integration at
five additional Gauss points. This additional integration time is more than the total
time needed by QUAD8 (with only four integration points). The lowest accuracy
was obtained by the TRIM3 elements. However, the coefficients of their stiffness
matrix are constant and need no numerical integration. This means that more el
ements may be used to improve their results at a reasonable cost. Models using
QUAD8 and QUAD9 elements gave 3% higher deflection than the Strength of Ma
terials approach. This may be related to the boundary conditions used at the fixed
end of the beam. The use of the rollers makes the beam more flexible. In addition,
for QUAD8 elements the use of 2 by 2 quadrature order renders the beam behave
softer than reality.
Stresses are calculated at Gauss points for the quadrilateral elements. For
the triangular elements (TRIM3), they are calculated once, and are constant over
the element. For the QUAD4, QUAD8, and TRIM3 beam models, the stresses are
calculated along the lines AB and CD using the Strength of Materials formula (3.42)
to compare with the FEM calculations. Lines AB and CD are shown in Figure 3.5
(a). These lines are at 0.211 m and 0.789 m above the principal axis of the beam and
they pass through the Gauss points of the elements in the upper half of the beam.
For the QUAD9 model, stresses are calculated along three lines passing through
Gauss points. These lines are at 0.113 m, 0.5 m, and 0.887 m above the principal
axis of the beam. Bending stresses calculated using the FEM and the Strength of
Materials approach are plotted in Figure 3.6 through Figure 3.10.
Figure 3.6 shows that stresses calculated using TRIM3 elements are insensi
tive to the distance from the principal axis of the beam. The FEM bending stresses
along lines AB and CD are identical. These stresses also have the largest deviation
from the exact values. In order to improve the accuracy of the results, the number
of TRIM3 elements needs to be increased. QUAD4 shows better behaviour than
TRIM3, as shown in Figure 3.7, but there is still a large deviation from the exact
values.
e • e c c .r)
e • c c c ...
c C a
0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0
Figure 3.6
DISTANCE FROM FIXED END, METERS
Comparison of bending stresses in a cantilever beam modelled by 20 TRIM3 elements. Solid lines are stresses calculated according to strength of materials equation (3.42). Circles and triangles are FEM stresses. AB represents stresses at 0.211 m above the principal axis. CD represents stresses at 0.789 m above the principal axis (Figure 3.5 (a)). The FEM results for AB and CD are identical.
72
c C c c c
c C c C 10
c C c c ...
C
C4-------~--------~------~--------~------~ 0.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 8.0 10.0
Figure 3.7
DISTANCE FROM FIXED END. METERS
Comparison of bending stresses, cantilever beam modelled by 10 QUAD4 elements. Solid lines are stresses calculated according to strength of materials equation (3.42). Circles and triangles are FEM stresses. AB represents stresses at 0.211 m above the principal axis. CD represents stresses at 0.789 m above the principal axis (Figure 3.5 (a».
73
0 ci 0 CI CI
0 ci 0 0 Ir.I
en Z 00 E-ci A !!=O ~O z·
• en ~o en' eng ~o
~"" E-en lJ.
~o Zci ~C QO ZN ~ ~
0 • 0 0 0 ...
o ci~--------r-------~--------~--------r---~~~
0.0
Figure 3.8
2.0 4.0 8.0 8.0 10.0 DISTANCE FROM FIXED END. METERS
Comparison of bending stresses, cantilever beam modelled by 20 QUAD4 elements. Solid lines are stresses calculated according to strength of materials equation (3.42). Circles and triangles are FEM stresses. AB represents stresses at 0.211 m above the principal axis. CD represents stresses at 0.789 m above the principal axis.
74
c C c c CI
c C c c -c C;-______ .-______ .-______ .-______ ~---=~
0.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 B.O 10.0
Figure 3.9
DISTANCE FROM FIXED END, METERS
Comparison of bending stresses, cantilever beam modelled by 10 QUADS elements. Solid lines are stresses calculated according to strength of materials equation (3.42). Circles and triangles are FEM stresses. AB represents stresses at 0.211 m above the principal axis. CD represents stresses at 0.7S9 m abo"e the principal axis.
--- .. --.... '-"-"" '"
75
c C c c CI
c C c C .0
c d c c -
0.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 8.0 10.0 DISTANCE FROM FIXED END, METERS
Figure 3.10 Comparison of bending stresses, cantilever beam modelled by 10 QUAD9 elements. Solid lines are stresses calculated according to streng~h of materials equation (3.42). Circles and triangles are FEM stresses. AB represents stresses at 0.113 m above the principal axis. CD represents stresses at 0.5 m a.bove the principal axis. EF represents stresses at 0.887 m above the principal axis.
76
77
Increasing the number of QUAD4 elements from 10 to 20 improved the results
significantly, (Figure 3.S). More QUAD4 elements are needed to eliminate the
deviations between the FEM results and the exact values.
QUAD8 and QUAD9 models almost produced the exact results. Ten ele
ments are used for each of these models. From Figure 3.9 and Figure 3.10, the
FEM results obtained by QUADS elements are comparable to those obtained by
QUAD9 elements. This means that QUADS should be preferred to QUAD9 for
analysis of this beam problem, because numerical integration would be carried out
at only four Gauss points compared to nine points for QUAD9 elements. At the
same time, the superiority of QUAD8 over TRIM3 and QUAD4 is very clear.
3.3.2 Circular Hole in a Plate Under Uniaxial Compression Stress Field
A circular hole of 6 m radius in a plate of of 36 m width, 48 m height, and
0.1 m thickness is modelled using QUAD4 elements. The plate is subjected to a
uniformly distributed 200 Newtons compression load in the vertical direction. Due
to symmetry, only one quarter of the plate needs to be modelled. The mesh is
shown in Figure 3.11. It consists of 33 QUAD4 elements. Figure 3.12 shows the
displacement distribution through the plate. The principal stress distribution is
illustrated in Figure 3.13. The displacements reach a maximum at the top of the
plate where they are almost directed vertically downward. They decrease and their
directions shift away from the hole as they get closer to the hole boundary. Tensile
stresses can be seen above the hole and their values decrease away from the hole.
Compressive stresses have their highest magnitudes at the side wall and they get
smaller away from the circular hole. The effect of the hole on the displacement and
stress fields fades away from the boundery of the hole. This agrees well with the
predictions of the theory of elasticity (Hoek and Brown, 1980, pp. 103-109).
From the theory of elasticity, the radial and tangential stresses around a
circular hole in an infinite plate (Hoek and Brown, 1980, p. 104) are given by
---- . -~ .... -"-.-. . ..•.. - '-........... , ,- .. .
C! ~~--------------~--------------~--------------4
c C N
c . -= -
I
en I I
C::C I
~. I
t3~ , , ~ :s ~ I
I I I
C I . =
c C~ ____ ~ ____ ~ __ -.~~~~~ __ ~~ __ --.
0.0 3.0 8.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 18.0
Figure 3.11
METERS
Mesh used to model circular hole in a plat.e. Dimensions are in meters, thickness = 0.1 m
____ . __ ..... _ .. _...... . .•... _-...... ' .. ".·0 ,,,. ".
78
Figure 3.12
79
1 1
1 1 \
\ \ \
\ "\ "\
'\ "' ................
Displacement distribution around a circular bole in a plate. The plate is subjected to uniaxial compression in tbe vertical direction.
t \ \ \
\ t \
\ +
+ +
1 • 71 ~ 1 02 P seAL
Figure 3.13 Principal stress distribution around a circular hole in a plate. The plate is subjected to unia:<.ial compression in the vertical direction . .... ," Tensile stress Compressive stress
--- -~. ,'" ~ .. ~.,-... . " - ,', .. - , ...
80
Where:
pz = applied vertical stress;
Ph = applied horizontal stress;
a = radius of the circular hole;
k = Ph pz
81
(3.43)
(3.44)
(3.45)
(), r = polar coordinates of the point. () is measured clockwise from the
vertical;
(7 r= radial stress;
(78 = tangential stress.
Figure 3.14 compares tangential stresses from the theory of elasticity with those
from FEM along three radial segments. These segments marked as AB, CD, and
EF on Figure 3.11. They make clockwise angles of 86.849,48.154, and 3.151 degrees
from the vertical respectively. The FEM tangential stresses correlates fairly well
with those of the elastic solution. However, more mesh refinement or use of higher
order elements will give more accurate FEM results. The deviations of the FEM
stresses from the theory of elasticity are larger along segment CD, the farthest from
the symmetry planes. The deviations also increase close to the hole boundary.
c C C ell
c C It) -
1.0
Figure 3.14
--- . -_ ..... _,.-.-.
1.5
o o
• •
2.0 Ria RATIO
•
82
AB
CD
EF
2.5
Comparison of tangential stresses around a circular hole in a plate. The plate is subjected to uniaxial compression in the vertical direction. Circles and triangles are FEM stresses. Solid lines are exact solution. AB radial segment at an angle or 86.849° irom ,'ertical. CD raclial segment at an angle of 48.154° from vertical. EF radial segment at an angle of 3.151° from vertical (Figure 3.11).
83
3.3.3 Single Edge Crack in a Plate Under Uniaxial Tensile Stress
A plate, of width b = 0.5 m, height h = 0.5 m, and thickness t = 0.1 m,
containing a single edge crack is modelled twice. In the £rst model, quarter point
(QQUAD8) and eight noded (QUAD8) elements are implemented. This model is
analyzed using 2 by 2 and 3 by 3 Gauss quadrature orders. In the second model,
only QUAD4 elements and Gauss quadrature of 2 by 2 order were employed. Due to
symmetry around the crack axis, only half the plate is modelled. Figure 3.15 shows
the geometry of the plate and the crack. The mesh for the modelled half is shown
in Figure 3.16 for the model employing QUAD4 elements. Figure 3.17 illustrates
the mesh of the model using QUAD8 and QQUAD8 elements.
Figure 3.15
Q-l
b
Single ed~e crack in a plate subjected to uniaxial tension. lafter Banks-Sills and Sherman, 1986)
One hundred elements are used for both models. The dimensions of the
mesh, the dimensions of the elements, as well as those of the crack are kept the
same in both models. A tensile stress of 2 x lOS N 1m2 is applied to the plate in
the vertical direction as shown in Figure 3.15. The crack has a length, a, half the
width, b, of the plate. The tip of the crack is located at
B4
1\
It)
• 0
T , 0 C) 0 () 7
1---':"-
0·25 i. \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \'
0'-5 1- -,
Figure 3.16 Mesh models single edge crack in a plate subjected to uniaxial tension. The plate modelled using QU AD4 elements. Dimensions are in meters, thickness is 0.1 m. Crack tip is at point T.
- -- -4 4
4 4
- -- -4 4
--4 4
- ... - -4 4 -4 ,
... .. - -C 4
--4 4
... -4
--4
- .. - -;
<
Figure 3.17
85
-- -- -- -- - -- --- - - - - - -H 4 0 • 4 4 4 - - - - -- ... -- - - - - -U 4 It • 4 4 .. - - .. -- - -H , n 0 4 4 4 .. .. - ... -- - - - - - -It , U • 4 • ... -- -- - .. - -- - - - - -! I 0 4 U 4 Lt) - - - .. - -- - - - - • U 4 , .- • C o
... -- -- .- --- - - - -It 4 U ~ • 4
- ... ... - ... -- - - - -4 4 0 • 4 I .. .. - ... .. ... ... - - - - - -
~ It 4 . - • I C .. -- -- -- -- .. ... -- - - - - - -~ U • T C • .~ ~ 4
-- _I ... -- --O· 25 I.'i') () n () O() 0 () 0 () !.: V'//////'///////'~
0·5 J
Mesh models single edge crack in a plate subjected to uniaxial tension. QUADS and QQUAD8 are implemented. Dimensions are in meters, thickness is 0.1 m. Crack tip is at point T.
---_ ... -- . .. ._ ... _ .... ~ ..... - -'"
86
point T (Figure 3.16 and Figure 3.17) and the crack face extends to the left. The
plate material has the elastic properties of Lithonia granite (Lama and Vutukuri,
1978, p. 385), E = 10.41 X 109 N 1m2 and p. = 0.19. The geometry of the problem is
chosen similar to the geometry of a single edge crack problem solved by Banks-Sills
and Sherman (1986) for the purpose of comparison.
The stress intensity factor, K1, due to the presence of the crack, can be
calculated using the FEM displacements of the nodes along the crack surface. The
displacement components needed are those normal to the crack surface. Two meth
ods are available (Banks-Sills and Sherman, 1986). The first method only makes
use of the displacements of the nodes of the QQUAD8 (quarter point) element along
the crack face. The formula used is:
(3.46)
The second method (called displacement extrapolation method) uses the displace
ment components normal to the crack face for all nodes along the crack face except
the nearest node. The method uses the equation:
(3.47)
Where:
K I ,Kj = stress intensity factorj
VB = displacement of node B (dislocated node of QQUAD8)j
Vc = displacement of node C (the third node of QQUAD8 from the tip)j
nodes B and C are shown in Figure 3.3bj
R. = length of the quarter point elementj
l'<r) = displacement component normal to the crack face at distance r from
the tip along the crack facej
r = distance from the crack tip along the crack surfacej
K = constant= ~~~~~ for plane stress, and = (3 - 4Jl) for plane strain.
____ " _~ , " 'M"-_'~" _ ',.-' ___ , _ •
87
Values of ria are plotted against Kj. The intercept of the correlation line with
the Kj axis at r=O would give the stress intensity factor. The values of the calcu
lated stress intensity factor are normalized by dividing it by qv:;a to find the non
dimensional stress intensity factor, which can be compared with results for similar
geometries. q is the applied tensile stress.
Displacements and principal stresses are shown in Figure 3.18 and Figure
3.19 for the model using QUAD4 elements. The distributions for the model using
QQUAD8 and QUAD8 elements are illustrated in Figure 3.20 and Figure 3.21.
The scales on all the figures of displacement and stress distributions represent the
maximum value of the plotted variable. All values are normalized with respect to
the maximum before being plotted. From the stress distributions, we can see the
high stress concentrations near the crack tip, about 15 times the applied stress (the
applied tensile stress is 2 x 105 Nlm2 ). The effect of the presence of the crack on
the magnitudes and directions of the stresses extends to distances roughly equal to
the length of the crack. The effect is more significant above the tip of the crack. Kj
and ria have been calculated and are plotted in Figure 3.22. The stress intensity
factors are calculated from these plots and using equation 3.46 as well.
The exact value of K/ for this geometry is 2.818 (Banks-Sills and Sherman,
1986). The calculated values compare well with the corresponding results obtained
by Banks-Sills and Sherman(1986). They reported a percentage error of -0.78 for
the displacement extrapolation method and of 8.8 for values obtained from equation
(3.46). The corresponding percentage errors obtained from our models are -.07
and 8.41 respectively. The percentage errors obtained from the present study are
summarized in Table 3.4.
----_. -~. . .. .-.. ~ .... ~ . ,""- -...
88
METERS
Figure 3.18 Displacement distribution through a plate containing a sin~le edge crack. The plate is modelled using QUAD4 elements (FIgure 3.16).
* I' t t t, t t t t t t " t t t t t
* tt tt""" If " II:t t
t t\ \\ ,\ \, It tl IIII '"
'" \\ \\ \, t, fllllll' f
'" \\ \\ \\ if flllll'" ~ \' \\ \\ \\ \t il 111'" #
.. ~\ \\\\\\\ttlllll-.~
..... ~,\\\\\ /1/lllu~
.... ~ ,,~ -, ~ ~ /.11// ~ ~ ~ . ~ - I \ Jt', •
89
Figure 3.19 Principal stress distribution through a plate containing a sin~le edge crack. The plate is modelled using QUAD4 elements {Figure 3.16).
+--+ Tensile stress Compressive stress
--_. --- .... " ... -.-. -. . .•.... - --, .. , .. ' ... - ,_ .. -... . - - -.-. ., _ ..
90
7.99MI0~ METERS
Figure 3.20 Displacement distribution through a plate containing a single edge crack. The plate is modelled using QQUADS and QUADS elements (Figure 3.17).
____ ..... _._..... ·.r···_ .. - .•. -.~ -.' ," _ .... - ..
91
+ .... • • • • • • • • t t • • • • .... +
• • • • • • • • • • t t t t f f f • f • ... • • • • • • · , • • • • , , f , • • ... • •• , , , , , ,
• t • f , , , , ,. . IS. , , , , , , , t A , , , , , , . I , \ , , , , , \ , \ ,t , , I , , I · , .-\ ~ , · , , \ \ \ \ i I I I I I , · , MI
... , ... " . ~\ \\\\ 1111 II .~ ~
.. .-+ ~- ,,., I f ;t~ " .~ + ~ I 1 . I t . .. ~ ., -+
3.24MIO & PASCAL
Figure 3.21 Principal stress clistribution through a plate containing a single edge crack. The plate is modelled using QQUADS and QUADS elements (Figure 3.17).
+-+ Tensile stress Compressive stress
--- . -_ ..... _ .. - ...... ',."'- ._, ............. - ..... ' ..
92
'" ri
c ri ....
:::::= 10 N • c N
0.0 0.2 0 •• 0.8 0.8 1.0 (a) rIa
G n
0 n .... ~ G
iii
0 iii
0.0 0.1 0.4 0.' 0.11 1.0 (b) rIa
G n
0 n .... 6 ~
G iii
0 iii
0.0 0.1 0.4 0.' 0.11 1.0 (c) rIa
F' 3?? Plots using displacement extrapolation method to calculate the 19ure .--stress intensity factor. (a) Model using QUAD4 elements. (b) Model using QUADS and QQUADS elements and 2 x2 quadra-ture order. (~model using QUADS and QQUADS elements and 3 x3 qua rature order .
---_. __ ..... _ .. - ..... . • ••• - • ..,.... --, ,"-"y --,- .. -.-- • ..----•• -.-- ••• --- ...
93
Table 3.4 Percentage Eerrors in Stress Intensity Factor Calculations.
Method Element Type Integration order Error %
Displacement QUAD8 & QQUAD8 2 x2 - 0.07
Extrapolation 3 x3 -0.07
Displacement QUAD4 2 x2 + 17.5
Extrapolation
Using QUAD8& QQUAD8 2 x2 - 1.06
Eqn. (3.46) 3 x3 + 8.41
The results show the very accurate calculation of KJ when QQUAD8 (quarter
point) and QU AD8 elements are used in the displacement extrapolation method.
The 2 by 2 order of integration shows comparable results to those obtained by the
3 by 3 order. When Equation (3.46) method is used, the 2 by 2 gave better results
(1.06 % error) than 3 by 3 order (8.41% error). Using lower order integration
renders the plate behave softer, i.e. displacements attain higher magnitudes. In
equation (3.46), displacement VB of the dislocated node is multiplied by a factor
of four while displacement Vo of the undislocated node is multiplied by a factor
of one. The difference between the two terms increases due to the increase in the
displacements. Consequently, the calculated stress intensity factor (the left hand
side of the equation) increases and the deviation from its exact value decreases.
3.4 Summary
In this chapter, the displacement formulation is presented. Isoparametric
formulation is emphasized. The SABM program is described. The problems used
to test the reliability of SABM gave good and satisfactory FEM results. The eight
node isoparametric element shows excellent results in the cantilever beam analysis.
When it is accompanied by the quarter point eight node element, in the single edge
----_. --. , <' '-'"-.'.''' _ .••• ,_ •• - •. , •• , ,'. - ••• , •
94
crack analyses, estimation of the stress intensity factor was excellent as well. Gauss
quadrature of order 2 by 2 , when used with QUADS, gave comparable or better
results than the 3 by 3 order. On the other hand, the 2 by 2 order of quadrature
gave very erratic results when used to integrate QUAD9. Quadrature order of 3
by 3 must be used for QUAD9 elements. The accuracy obtained by QUAD8 in the
beam analyses was comparable to that obtained by QUAD9. This makes QUADS
preferable over QU AD9 because the latter needs much more computation time.
QUADS and QUAD9 elements have an excellent convergence rate compared with
QUAD4 and TRlM3 elements. Even doubling the number of QUAD4 elements was
not enough to achieve comparable convergence rate. This is clearly demonstrated
by the cantilever beam models.
---_. -- .... _ .. _ ....
95
CHAPTER 4
EFFECT OF ROCK AND EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES ON THE CRUSHED
ZONE AND THE WAVE FRONT AROUND A-CYLINDRICAL CHARGE
In rock blasting, it is common practice to drill blastholes, fill them with
explosive material, confine the explosive with some inert material (stemming ma
terial), and initiate the explosive to break the burden rock. When the explosive
detonates, it crushes rocks surrounding it and forms zones with different degrees of
fracturing.
In previous quasi-static finite element modeling of blasting, researchers ap
plied the blasthole pressure (explosion pressure) along the boundary of a blasthole
of a diameter equal to the nominal diameter of the drilled hole (Porter, 1971, p.
57; Ash, 1973, p.122; Bhandari, 1975, pp. 127-130; Haghighi and Konya, 1985;
Haghighi and Konya, 1986). The explosion pressure is defined as the pressure of the
stable zone after completion of the chemical reaction. The crushed zone is supposed
to be already formed due to the higher pressure that accompanies the detonation
front. The model may be more realistic if the explosion pressure is applied at the
boundary of the crushed zone. This chapter focuses on the crushed zone, its extent,
and its dependency on the properties of both explosive and rock materials. An em
perical determination is made of the extent of the crushed zone in order to assure
that realistic input is used in later numerical modeling.
If there is a free face close to a blasthole, the outgoing compressional waves
reflect at that free face as tensile and shear waves. If the stress levels of these
reflected waves are higher than the rock strength, they can create cracking and
spalling at the free face. Tensile strength of rocks is much less than their compres
sive strength. It is believed that the reflected tensile waves play a major role in
rock breakage and displacement by explosives (Duvall and Atchison, 1957; Hino,
1959, pp. 22-32). In subsequent sections, shapes of wave fronts are constructed for
different ratios of explosive detonation velocity to rock compressional wave velocity.
96
Investigation of these wave fronts resulting from cylindrical charges gives a better
understanding of the potential role of the reflected waves in the breakage process.
4.1 The Crushed Rock Zone Around A Cylindrical Explosive Charge
The extent of the crushed zone depends on the rock properties and on the
explosive properties. The rock properties which will be taken into account are the
compressive strength, (fe, the longitudinal wave propagation velocity, Cp , and the
characteristic impedance of rock (C.I.R.). The characteristic impedance of rock is
defined as the product of density and Cpo The medium stress, (fm, is a measure
of the stress transferred from explosive to rock. It is calculated using the elastic
equation (Atchison and Pugliese, 1964 a, p. 1):
Where:
2Pd (fm = (1 + Z)
Pd = explosive detonation pressure.
(4.1)
Z = ratio of the explosive characteristic impedance to the rock characteristic
impedance.
The explosive properties considered are the velocity of detonation (VOD),
the cha.racteristic impedance of the explosive (C.I.E.), and the detonation pressure,
Pd. The characteristic impedance of the explosive is defined as the product of the
density and the VOD (Atchison and Pugliese, 1964 a, p. 2).
The detonation pressure can be approximated by Brown's formula (Atchison
and Pugliese, 1964 b, p. 17):
Pd = 2.16 X 10-4 pg(VOD)2 [0.45/(1 + 0.0128 pg)] (4.2)
Where:
p = explosive density, Ib/lt3•
g = gravity acceleration, It/ sec2 •
von = explosive velocity of detonation, ft/sec.
---- . -- .... _ .. -....
97
Pd = detonation pressure, psi.
or it can be approximated by Dick's formulae (Dick et al, 1983, p. 16):
Pd = 4.18 X 10-7 D(VOD)2 /(1 + 0.8D) (4.3)
Where:
Pd = detonation pressure, in kilobars, (1 kb = 14,504 psi).
D = specific gravity.
VOD = detonation velocity, in feet per second.
The crushed zone is a result of interaction between rock and explosive load
ing. It is preferred to use dimensionless relations to relate rock and explosive prop
erties to each other. These dimensionless relations have the advantage of making
it possible to compare results from tests with different explosives in different rocks.
The following ratios are defined:
diameter of crushed zone (Der) Scaled crushed zone diameter = -~---~-=--~~~~--:---'
diameter of blasthole (Db.h.)
characteristic impedance of explosive Characteristic impedance ratio (Z) = --------=~-----=---
characteristic impedance of rock
" I' . _ velocity of detonation (VOD) ve OClty ratIo - ck I . d' al I . (C) ro ongltu 10 wave ve OClty p
M d· . medium stress (O'm)
e mm stress ratIO = ------.--....:......;.;.;.:;~~ rock compressIve strength (O'e)
detonation pressure (Pd) Detonation pressure ratio = -~-----:--=------=-:~:.........:
rock compressive strength (0' c)
The data used here is obtained from reports published by the United States
Bureau of Mines. These reports include studies to compare relative performance of
explosives in granite (Atchison and Tournay, 1959; Atchison and Pugliese, 1964 b;
-----. -~ ,.,. '-"~""'-'
98
Nicholls and Hooker, 1965), in salt (Nicholls and Hooker, 1962), and in limestone
(Atchison and Pugliese, 1964 a). Tests were perfonned in joint free homogeneous
rocks. These studies used vertical blastholes. The explosive charges were placed,
stemmed, M.d detonated at the bottom of the holes far from any free surfaces. Hole
depths ranged from 10 to 26 feet. After a charge was detonated, the crushed rock
was blown from the blasthole by compressed air. The crushed zone volumes were
measured by adding sand, in small increments of known volume, into the cavity.
The height of the sand was measured between sand additions until the cavity was
filled.
In some of the referenced reports, repeated shots were carried out in the
same hole. Only crushed zone volumes from the first shots are taken into account
in the present analysis. The analysis investigates the effect of the velocity ratio,
characteristic impedance ratio, medium stress ratio, and detonation pressure ratio
on the scaled crushed zone diameter.
4.1.1 A Model for the Crushed Zone Geometry Around a Cylindrical Charge
The geometry of an explosive charge in rock is usually cylindrical. The
crushed zone boundary formed by such a charge can be modeled as a cylindrical
surface around the original charge and two hemispherical surfaces at the top and
bottom of the charge. The cylindrical and spherical parts have the same diameter.
Figure 4.1 illustrates the model.
The volume of the crushed zone, Vcr, is calculated as a function of its radius,
acr, and the charge height, H, using the following equation:
(4.4)
Equation (4.4) can written in the form of a third order polynomial as:
(4/3 7r )a~r + (7r H)a~r - (Vcr) = 0 (4.5)
If the crushed zone volume and the charge height are measW'ed, acr can be
found from equation (4.5) as a real positive root greater than or equal to the original
99
---- -------.-~~~~~
---- ---------~~~~~
Db.h . .. • Dcr , .. •
Figure 4.1 A model for the crushed zone around a cylindrical charge.
---- . -- . .. .- .. -.....
100
blasthole radius. Equation (4.5) is solved numerically, using the secant method
(Press et al, 1986, pp. 248-251) to find the crushed zone radius for each blasthole.
4.1.2 Effect of Explosive Properties on the Crushed Zone in Granite
Three sets of data are extracted from the studies performed on Lithonia
granite. Data set 1 is extracted from the tests by Atchison and Toumay (1959).
They used six types of explosives and two blasthole diameters, 3 1/16 and 4 1/16
inch. Charge height-to-diameter ratio ranged from 2.8 to 9.5.
Data set 2 is obtained from Atchison and Pugliese (1964 b). Five explosive
types were employed in blastholes with diameters of 1 1/2, 2 1/2, 3, and 3 1/2
inches. Charge height-to-diameter ratios ranged from 4.5 to 8.
The third data set is obtained from Nicholls and Hooker (1965). They used
blastholes of 3 inch diameter, charge height-to-diameter ratios from 1 to 1.9, and
six types of explosives. Data and calculations of the scaled crushed zone diameter
for the three data sets are given in Appendix B, Table B.1 through Table B.3.
A curve fitting program (Cox, 1985) has been used to calculate the correlation
factors. The program has the capability to calculate the correlation factors and the
corrected correlation factors for twenty five standard equations. According to the
values of the correlation factors, the program recommends the equation which best
fits the data set and calculates the constants of the recommended equation. Tables
B. 7 through B. 10, Appendix B, show samples of the curve fitted equations which
have correlation factors close to the correlation factors of the best fitted equations.
It can be seen that a number of equations have correlation factors close to that
of the best fitted equation for a given data set. The best fit equation is chosen
according to the highest correlation factor.
For the first curve fitting attempt, all the data from the three sets has been
pooled. The square of the correlation factors (R2) and the corrected correlation
factors (R~) are less than 0.3. The correlations are weak and the data points are
scattered over a wide range. Each data set is then checked and analyzed individually.
Data set 2 shows no correlation. Data set 1 shows R2-values greater than 0.5. Data
101
set 3 shows R2 -values greater than 0.8. Data set 2 is removed from the analysis.
Data for liquid oxygen (Table B.1) is removed from data set 1.
Data set 2 includes four different blasthole diameters and four different prim
ing charges. In addition, in some tests, the blasthole section directly above the
charge is of larger diameter than the charged section. All these factors contribute
to the weak correlations. Table B.2 shows large standard deviations in this data
set.
The liquid oxygen tests has been taken out of data set 1 because oxygen evap
orates from the carbon cartridges leaving some annular decoupling space between
the saturated cartridge core and the blasthole bOWldary. This causes less crushing
than completely coupled saturated cartridges and contributes to the scatter of data.
Data set 3 and data set 1 (excluding liquid oxygen tests) are analyzed
together. The best fitting relation between the scaled crushed zone diameter
(Dcr/Db.h.) and the velocity ratio (VOD/Cp) is:
(Dcr/ Db.h.) = [ ] A«VOD /Cp) + B)2 + C
1 (4.6)
Equation (4.6) and the data points are plotted on Figure 4.2, (a). The scaled
crushed zone diameter Dcr/ Db.h. increases from 1 at a velocity ratio of 0.5 to about
3 at a velocity ratio of 1.15. The rate of increase of (Dcr/ Db.h.) decreases beyond
(VOD/Cp) equal 1 and is almost 0 when (VOD/Cp) reaches 1.15. An increase
of (VOD/Cp) over 1.15 causes a slight decrease in (Dcr/Db.h.) . This decrease of
(Dcr/ Db.h.) is due the statistical treatment of data but physically is not feasable.
Lack of data beyond velocity ratio of 1.3 and the different number of tests at each
velocity ratio may contribute to the misbehaviour of equation (4.6) in the region of
velocity ratios greater than 1.2.
The. best fit relation obtained between (Dcr/ Db.h.) and the characteristic
impedance ratio, Z, is:
Z (Dcr/Db.h.) = (AZ + B) (4.7)
0.5
0.1
Figure 4.2
0.8
08
0.1 0.8 0.8 1.0 VELOCITY RATIO
(a)
00
08
I.'
0.1 O.S 0.4 0.0 0.8 CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE RATIO
(b)
1.2
o o
Effect of the velocity ratio and the characteristic impedance ratio on the scaled crushed zone cliameter in granite. (a) Velocity ratio. (b) Characteristic impedance ratio.
--- . --. , , .. _,.- .... " '.'-"- --,.-.~ .. - ""- .-........
102
0.1
103
Figure 4.2, (b), shows the curve representing equation (4.7) and the data
points. As Z increases (Dcr/ Db.h.) increases but at a decreasing rate.
The relation between (Dcr/ Db.h.) and the medium stress ratio is:
(4.8)
Equation (4.8) and the data points for the medium stress ratio are plotted
on Figure 4.3, (a). The (Dcr/ Db.h.) ratio increases at a decreasing rate with an
increase in «(J' m / (J' c).
The relation between (Dcr/Db.h.) and the (Pd/(J'c) ratio is best described
by:
(4.9)
Figure 4.3, (b), illustrates equation (4.9) and the data points. The dependency of
(Dcr/Db.h.) on (Pd/(J'c) is similar to its dependency on «(J'm/(J'c)' As the (Pd/Uc) ra
tio increases (Dcr/ Db.h.) increases but at a decreasing rate. The constants A, B,
and C in the equations (4.6) through (4.9) are given in Table 4.1.
Table 4.1 Constants and Correlation Factors for the Equations Fitted to Predict the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter in Granite.
Equation Number A B C R2 R2 c
(4.6) 1.534 -1.175 0.3056 0.73 0.71
(4.7) 0.1206 0.1067 0.67 0.66
(4.8) 0.09805 15.07 0.70 0.69
(4.9) 0.1820 7.400 0.71 0.70
--- . -_. , ,. '-"-""" ...... _ ................. - ..... .
o C!!.; ~
tc :I'; .: -Cl o ~.
Z" o Nc Cltoi ~ = (1)0 ~.
D::" C,.)
ec ~.: ..:I
10.0 110.0
o
40.0 10.0 10.0 '10.0 MEDIUM STRESS RATIO
(a)
. 00
go o
00 8
o 8
10.0
104
10.0
o o
(50 (I).:4-------~--------r_------~i~------~i--------~i------~'
10.0
Figure 4.3
10.0 110.0 40.0 10.0 10.0 '70.0 DETONATION PRESSURE RATIO
(b)
Effect of the medium stress ratio and the detonation pressure ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in granite. (a) Medium stress ratio. (b) Detonation pressure ratio.
- , ...... ,.. --I ., - •• , - .'_ •.
105
4.1.3 Effect of Explosive Properties on the Crushed Zone in Salt
Crushed zone data for blasting in Winnfield salt are extracted from Nicholls
and Hooker (1962). They tested four explosive types in blastholes with a diameter
of 3 inches. The ratio of charge height to charge diameter ranged from 1.9 to 3.7.
The relationship between the scaled crushed zone diameter and the velocity
ratio is found to have the form of equation (4.6). Constants for relationships of the
scaled crushed zone diameter in salt are given in Table 4.2. Equation (4.6) and the
data points for salt are plotted in Figure 4.4, (a). The scaled crushed zone radius
increases as (VOD/Cp ) increases. The rate of increase becomes much less at about
(VOD/Cp ) of 1.
The relationship between the scaled crushed zone diameter in salt and the
characteristic impedance ratio has the form:
(Dcr/ Db.h.) = [ 2] A(Z+B) +C
1 (4.10)
Equation (4.10) and data points for the characteristic impedance ratio are
plotted in Figure 4.4, (b). Increasing the characteristic impedance ratio increases
(Dcr/Db.h.) up to Z = 0.75. The rate of increase becomes smaller after the char
acteristic impedance ratio reaches 0.5. A slight decrease of (Dcr/Db.h.) is observed
beyond (VOD/Cp ) ratio of .75.
Table 4.2 Constants and Correlation Factors for the Equations Fitted to Predict the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter in Salt.
Equation Number A B C R2 R2 c
(4.6) 0.2814 -1.335 0.5482 0.92 0.88
(4.10) 0.4511 -0.775 0.5401 0.93 0.90
(4.8) 0.5087 2.087 0.92 0.90
(4.9) 0.5259 1.141 0.92 0.91
--- . -_. . ... -.. -............ - .. , .... , .... , ,. , .. , ..
o C:.; &li3 t; :I c -C &li3 Z o N., c&li3 = en ::;, c: c.J C £a:I ...:I
106
o
~O en-+-________ ,-________ ~--------~--------~--------~
o c:.;
E ::I c -C £a:I Z o N., C£a:I = en ~ c.J C
0.& 0.7 0.8 I.' •• S 1.& VELOCITY RATIO
(a)
~ ~O cn-+-________ ~--------~--------~--------~--------~
D ••
Figure 4.4
O.S 0.1 0.7 0.8 ..1 CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE RATIO
(b)
Effect of the velocity ratio and the characteristic impedance ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in salt. (a) Velocity ratio. (b) Characteristic impedance ratio.
--~ .. , ,_ .. - .. ' ...... , ',.---- -, ..... ..
107
The medium stress ratio effect on the scaled crushed zone radius has the
form of equation (4.8). Equation (4.8), substituting constants for salt, and the data
points for the (um/uc) ratio are plotted in Figure 4.5 (a). (Dcr/Db.h.) increases at
a decreasing rate as (um/uc) ratio increases. Increasing the (um/uc) ratio beyond
35 results in a small increase in the (Dcr/Db.h.) ratio.
The relation between (Dcr/ Db.h.) and (Pd/Uc) is found to have the form
of equation (4.9). Substituting constants for salt, equation (4.9) and data points
for the detonation pressure ratio are plotted on Figure 4.5 (b). (Dcr/ Db.h.) ratio
increases, at a decreasing rate, with increasing (Pd/Uc), When (Pd/Uc) reaches
approximately 25, any further increase in (Dcr/ Db.h.) becomes very small. Uc for
Winnfield salt (Nicholls and Hooker, 1962) is a dynamic field strength. The static
uc may be lower. This implies that the constants of equation (4.9) may be different
if the static strength is employed. The effect of using a lower strength is to shift
the curve representing equation (4.9) to the right in Figure 4.5 (b).
4.1.4 Effect of Explosive Properties on the Crushed Zone in Limestone
Data for Marion limestone is extracted from Atchison and Pugliese (1964
a). They used six explosive types. They tested blastholes of 3 and 5 3/4 inch in
diameter. Ratios of charge height to charge diameter were 1 and 7.
When the scaled crushed zone diameters for both 3 and 5 3/4 inch diameter
blastholes are added together, the correlation factors are almost zero. Constants
and correlation factors are given in table 4.3. The standard deviations are larger
than those for granite and salt. This can be seen in Appendix B, Table B.5. The
dependency of (Dcr/ Db.h.) on the velocity ratio is described by:
1 (Dcr/Db.h.) = [A + B(VOD/C
p)] (4.11)
The dependency of (Dcr/ Db.h.) on the characteristic impedance ratio is described
by:
---_ .. --- .... _ .. - ..... ., .. ~.-- -, ..
1 (Dcr/Db.h.) = [A + BZ] (4.12)
o D:'; ~
t; ::I -= -Q ~ Z o N.., C": ~ = en ~
== to)
Q
o o
o
108
~ ~o CI)..:+----------r--------~----------~--------~--------~ 10.0
6.0
Figure 4.5
10.0 '0.0 40.0 60.0 10.0 MEDIUM STRESS RATIO
(a)
16.0 111.0 ::16.0 46.0 60.0 D,ETONATION PRESSURE RATIO
(b)
Effect of the medium stress ratio and the detonation pressure ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in salt.(a) Medium stress ratio. (b) Detonation pressure ratio.
109
It has been decided to treat the data for the blastholes of 3 inch diameter
separately from the data for the 5 3/4 inch diameter holes. The relationship between
(Dcr/Db.h.) and (VOD/Cp ) is found to have the same form, but with different
constants, for the two data sets. The equation obtained was:
(4.13)
The relations obtained from the three correlations and the data points for the
dependency of (Dcr/Db.h.) on (VOD/Cp ) are plotted on Figure 4.6, (a).
The relationship between (Dcr/ Db.h,) and the characteristic impedance ratio
for the two data sets was found to have the form of equation (4.12). The equations
obtained from the three correlations along with the data points for limestone are
plotted in Figure 4.6, (b).
Table 4.3 Constants and Correlation Factors for the Equations Fitted to Predict the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter in Limestone.
Equation No. Db•h• for Data A B C R2 R2 c
For Velocity Ratio:
(4.11) 3 and 5 3/4 inch 0.7442 -0.0786 0.03 0.03
(4.13) 3 inch 1.795 0.5760 0.22 0.02
(4.13) 53/4 inch 1.1540 0.8282 0.21 0.14
For impedance ratio:
(4.12) 3 and 5 3/4 inch 0.7192 -0.1049 0.07 0.01
( 4.12) 3 inch 0.5330 -0.06029 0.32 0.14
(4.12) 53/4 inch 0.8123 -0.1273 0.32 0.26
From Figure 4.6, we can see a slight increase in the scaled crushed zone
diameter with increasing velocity ratio. The scaled crushed zone diameters for 3
~.,
~.;
t; ::I ~ -c r&jt:! Z .. S
••••••••••• , •••••••••• I""" •••••••••• I •••••• ••••••••• ••••••••••••• , 'C:S ......................... 0
..... ···0· 0
6
~~L---------------------------~~~~~A---A---------------~-~---~--~-~-~-~-~-~-2: - .-.-------------- u .... 6.-------CJ ----6 6 6 C 1:1:1 -0 ~.
CJ-+----------r---------,----------r---------~--------~ en I.. 1.4 I.e 1.8 1.0 1.1 VELOCITY RATIO
(a)
o o ...................... . ............................. 0
.............................. 0 . .()........................ 0
Figure 4.6
0.7 0.8 1.1 1.3 CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE RATIO
(b)
Effect of the velocity ratio and the characteristic impedance ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in limestone. Solid lines are for both 3 and 5 3/4 inch diameter blasholes; dashed lines and triangles are for 5 3/4 inch diameter blastholes; dotted lines and circles are for 3 inch diameter holes. (a) Velocity ratio. (b) Characteristic impedance ratio.
110
111
inch diameter holes (dotted lines) are about 30 % higher than for 5 3/4 inch diameter
blast holes (dashed lines). The number of data points for 5 3/4 blastholes is twice
the number of data points for 3 inch holes. This causes the regression curves of the
pooled data (solid lines) to be closer to the dashed lines. Atchison and Pugliese
(1964 a, p. 17) point out that cleaning of larger blastholes by compressed air may
be incomplete. The capability of the compressed air to lift crushed rocks is less than
in small holes. This causes underestimation of the volume of the crushed zone.
Disturbance caused by the compressed air can loosen coarse fragments from
the fractured zone, outside the crushed zone, into the cavity. This partial filling of
the cavity may contribute to the cavity volume underestimation. First it leads to
underestimation of the height of the cavity. In addition, bridging of these coarse
fragments can prevent compressed air from completely removing the crushed rock
and prevent sand from completely filling the cavity. Consequently, the measured
cavity is less than the actual one.
4.1.5 Effect of Explosive Properties and Rock Properties on the Crushed Zone
It has been shown that the scaled crushed zone diameter increases at a de
creasing rate with an increase in velocity, characteristic impedance, medium stress,
and detonation pressure ratios. Rock strength increases with increase in load
ing rate. Using explosives of high VOD means loading rock at a high rate and
causes higher rock resistance to the explosion pressure. This explains why the
(Dcr/Db.h.) ratio increases at a decreasing rate when (VOD/Cp ) is increased. In
each rock, tests have been published over a limited range of the ratios.
The relations obtained between the scaled crushed zone diameter and velocity
ratio in granite, salt, and limestone (for 3 inch diameter holes only) are plotted
together in Figure 4.7, (a). The relations obtained between the scaled crushed zone
diameter and the characteristic impedance ratios for the three rocks are plotted
in Figure 4.7, (b). From Figure 4.7, (a), for a velocity ratio from 0.5 to 2.2, the
scaled crushed zone diameter increases with increasing velocity ratio up to about 1.
Detonation velocity ratios greater than 1 only slightly increase the scaled crushed
O.B
D.'
Figure 4.7
D.B
. ---
O.S
- granite •••• salt ••••••• limestone
.. , ..................................... .....................
I.' 1.4 1.7 VELOCITY RATIO
(a)
- granite •••• salt ....... lil'aestone
1.0
............... ................................................... . ------------.....
D.B . D.' D.' I.' I.S CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE RATIO
(b)
I.S
Effect of the velocity ratio and the characteristic impedance ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in rocks. (a) Velocity ratio. (b) Characteristic impedance ratio.
112
113
zone diameter. The rate of increase of the scaled crushed zone diameter is higher
in rocks with higher compressional wave velocity. In general, rocks of higher Cp
have larger scaled crushed zone diameters. The correlation factors for limestone are
not good. However, the relations obtained may support the trend of insignificant
change in (Dcr/Db.h.) as the (VOD/Cp ) ratios extend beyond the range studied
in granite and salt.
Figure 4.7 (b) shows that rocks of higher characteristic impedance have a
larger scaled crushed zone diameter at a given characteristic impedance ratio. The
rate of increase of the scaled crushed zone diameter is higher for rocks of higher
characteristic impedance. The rate of increase in all the three rocks decreases with
increasing characteristic impedance ratios.
Relations between the scaled crushed zone diameter and medium stress ratios
for granite and salt are plotted in Figure 4.8, (a). Relations between scaled crushed
zone diameter and detonation pressure for these two rocks are plotted on Figure
4.8, (b). Both figures show a decreasing rate of increase of the scaled crushed zone
diameter as the medium stress and detonation pressure ratios increase. The rate of
increase is higher in granite than in salt.
Figure 4.8 (b) has the potential to be used to estimate the dynamic strength
of a rock. A scaled crushed zone diameter of 1.0 means no crushing. The corre
sponding point obtained by the relations on the detonation pressure axis can be
considered as an estimate for the dynamic strength of the rock. From the figure
the dynamic compressive strength of granite is about 9 times its static strength.
For salt, as mentioned before, the employed strength is a dynamic strength. The
estimated ratio of two is not the real dynamic to static strength ratio. Employing
the static strength has the effect of moving the curve to the right. The real ratio
would be larger.
The scaled crushed zone diameter varies from one rock-explosive combina
tion to the other. Within the range of ratios studied, (Dcr/ Db.h.) attained a max
imum of about 1.8 in salt, 2.2 in limestone, and 4.0 in granite. The variation of the
scaled crushed zone diameter should be taken into account. In numerical modeling,
it can affect the results. In smooth blasting, explosives which give (Dcr/Db.h.) close
----'. --. , ... -.---'.,
o c:" ~
; ~ granite < - - - - salt -Co ~. z .. C No CN ~ = CIlo ~.
c:" CJ c., _----. "-2': - .. -c50 ~~+------r----~------T-----~----~------~----------~
114
10.0 10.0 :10.0 40.0 10.0 '0.0 70.0 10.0 10.0
o ~ .. ~
MEDIUM STRESS RATIO
(a)
to ::I'; <
- granite
-=0 ~.
z" C No ClN ~ = CIlo ~.
~" C,,)
- - - - salt
Co .... ~..: ," ...::I "
----_ ... -.-----------------
c5 0 " CIl~+-~ __ ~ ______ ,-____ ~ ______ ~ ____ ~ ____________ __ 0.0
Figure 4.8
10.0 10.0 . :10.0 40.0 10.0 10.0 70.0 DETONATION PRESSURE RATIO
(b)
Effect of the medium stress ratio and the detonation pressure ratio on the scaled crushed zone diameter in rocks. (a) Medium stress ratio. (b) Detonation pressure ratio.
---_ .. -- .... _ .. -- •.... "'
115
to 1 will cause less disturbance around blastholes.
In underground blasting, spacing of blastholes in burn cuts should not be
less than the crushed zone diameter. This will prevent charge blowouts.
4.2 Shape of Blasting Wave Fronts in Bench Blasting
In this section, the effect of the (VOD/Op ) ratio on the shape of the wave
front is investigated.
4.2.1 Construction of the Wave Fronts at Different Velocity Ratios
The velocity of detonation (VOD) of commercial explosives has a wide range.
The VOD ranges from 2,103 m/sec (6,900 ft/sec) for permissible ammonia dyna
mite to 7,010 m/sec (23,000 ft/sec) for nitrogen tetroxide and kerosine. The VOD
increases with an increase in charge diameter up to some critical diameter. Stronger
explosives attain their maximum VOD at smaller diameters than weaker explosives.
For example, straight gelatine 60% HE attains its maximum VOD at 5.1 em (2 inch)
diameter while ANFO achieves its maximum VOD at 17.8 cm (7 inch) diameter
(Dick et al, 1983, p. 14). Also, rocks have a wide range of compressional wave
velocity. Dunite is an ultra-basic plutonic igneous massive strong rock. Dunite has
a compressional wave velocity of 7 km/sec (22,989 ft/sec) while coal has a compres
sional wave velocity as low as 1.2 km/sec (3,941 ft/sec) (Lama and Vutukuri, 1978,
p. 240). Hence, the velocity ratio for an explosive-rock combination can range
widely. For nitrogen tetroxide and coal, the velocity ratio is 5.8. For dunite and
permissible ammonia dynamite combination, the velocity ratio is 0.3.
The shape of the wave front generated by a vertical cylindrical charge is
constructed for a variety of (VOD /Op) ratios. These ratios include infinity, greater
than one, equal to one, and less than one. Huygen's principle (Telford et al, 1976,
pp.243-244) is used for the construction of the shape of the wave fronts. According
to Huygen's principle, every point on the wave front can be regarded as a new
source of waves. The wave fronts are constructed only for the initial outgoing
compressional waves. It is assumed that these waves are propagating in an isotropic,
116
homogeneous, and linearly elastic rock medium. Reflected waves are not shown for
the sake of simplicity and clarity. The explosive charge is assumed to be continuous,
fully coupled, stemmed, bottom initiated, and detonating at a constant speed in all
cases.
The geometries of the charge and the bench for all constructions are kept
the same. Dimensions of the bench and the explosive charge are as follow:
Blasthole diameter, Db.h = 10.0 cm,
Rock burden, B = 3.0 m,
Bench height, H = 9.0 m,
Stemming length, ST = 2.0 m,
Overdrilling length, OV = 1.0 m,
Charge height, Hch = 8.0 m.
In all figures, solid wave fronts represent the last position and shape of the
outgoing wave front after an arbitrary propagation time. Dashed wave fronts repre
sent the shape and position of the outgoing wave front at intermediate times between
the instant of initiation and the arbitrary time of the last position. Elapsed time,
T, is given in milliseconds after initiation.
Figure 4.9 shows the shape of the outgoing wave front for an infinite velocity
ratio in a rock of 3,000 m/sec compressional wave velocity. Practically this assump
tion is not valid but it is useful as an upper limit for the velocity ratio. At the
top and bottom of the blasthole, the wave front is hemispherical. Between the top
and the bottom the wave front has a cylindrical surface. The minimum angle of
incidence is zero. The minimum angle of incidence refers to the angle of incidence
in the vertical plane which is perpendicular to the bench free face and contains the
centerline of the blasthole. The propagating wave front intersects the free face at
points diverging from the symmetry plane and symmetrically distributed around
it. When the wave front propagates as a right cylinder, these symmetrical points
of incidence lie on the generators at which the wave front intersects the free face.
As the vertical plane containing the angle of incidence diverges from the symmetry
plane, the angle of incidence increases. This is important to recognize because the
Figure 4.9
---- . -~ . .. .- .. -.. ~. -.
I I
I I
I ,
BENCH TOP .... .. , .... , , .. , ,
I I I I
I I , I ,
~
~
,I ,
.-I.
-.. ", .... , ...., .... " , , , \
"'I. \, , " ,
, , , , ,
I I I I , , , , :
" ''I. " " , \ , .... __ '" I I , \ \ I I ' , \ , , I I , ... ' , I , , ' '.... ..." ,
, " ... -.-- " I \ ....... __ .... ' ,
, I , ' , ' " " .. " ............ ...-' -------
117
~ 0 ~ ~ ~ = ~
::: 0 Z ~ =:I
FLOOR
Shape of the outgoing wave front for an infinite velocity ratio. Wave front positions 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 are at elapsed times of 0.25, 0.5, 0.67, 1.0, and 1.5 msec respectively.
118
wave fronts are not planar within the range of the rock burdens used in bench
blasting.
Figure 4.10 shows the shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio
of 3. In this example, VOD is 4,000 m/sec and Cp is 1,333 m/sec. The shape of the
wave front is spherical below the initiation point (bottom of the blasthole). Above
the bottom of the blasthole, the wave front propagates as a conical surface until
the detonation front reaches the top of the explosive column. Then, the wave front
propagates spherically in the top portion of the bench. This geometry of the wave
front can be referred to as a sphero-conical shape. The minimum angle of incidence
of the wave front is 19 degrees.
The shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of 2 is shown in
Figure 4.11. The rock has a Cp of 2,000 m/sec and the explosive has a VOD of
4,000 m/sec. The shape of the wave front is sphero-conical. The minimum angle
of incidence is 38 degrees.
Figure 4.12 shows the shape of the outgoing wave for a velocity ratio of 1.5.
Here, the von is 4,000 m/sec and Cp is 2,667 m/sec. The shape of the wave front is
sphero-conical. The minimum angle of incidence is 41 degrees. From Figures 4.10
through 4.12, we can see that with a decrease in the velocity ratio the minimum
angle of incidence at the free face increases. The conical part of the wave front
decreases while the spherical part increases.
In the conical part of the wave fronts, the minimum angle of incidence is
equal to one half of the apex angle of the cone. The sine of this angle is equal to
the ratio of the distance travelled through the rock to the distance travelled along
the charge column at a given time, or simply the reciprocal of the velocity ratio.
This is true for all velocity ratios greater than one and less than infinity.
The shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of one is shown in
Figure 4.13. The rock Cp and the explosive VOD are equal and have a magnitude
of 3,000 m/sec. The shape of the wave front is completely spherical and the center
for this propagating sphere coincides with the initiation point. The minimum angle
of incidence at the free face, is about 19 degrees at the toe and is about 77 degrees
at the top.
----- . -~.. . .. '--'-- .-_.' -. .. ,,--.. --, .-- -. _.. . ... ~ .. -.- --- .. -
Figure 4.10
119
BENCH TOP
~ .. , '" I \ , \
~ , , , , , , , , C) , , , , , , , ~ , , , , , , , , , , , , r::I , , , , , , , , r::I , , , , \ Cd , , \ , , , , r-t , ,
\ \ , , \ ,
== , , , \ 190 , , , , C) , ,
\ \ Z , , \ , , , , , \ , r::I , , , \ , \ , ,
I \ \ , CQ ~ , , , \ , \ , , , , , , , , , , ,
~ , , , , , , ~ , \ , \ , , , , \ , , \ \ \ , , """
\ \ \ , , \ \ , , , , , , , , I , \ , , FLOOR , , , \ \ ,
I , , , \ , , \ , , , , , \ , • I I • \ , ,
I I I
, I I
I I I
I I I I I
I I I I
I I , , , I , , \
, , , , , \
, , , , \ , , , , , \ \ '" , I , \
, .. ~ , , .... ~ , , ... _-_ ..... , I , , , , , '" , , '" '" , , .. , '" .. ~
, '" ..
'..... ...,,_ttI ,
'" , .. -.. ---.- , .... , .. ~~ ....... .. .. ........ _----"'-
Shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of 3. Wave front positions 1,2, 3, and 4 are at elapsed times of 1.13, 1.97, 2.38, and 3.44 msec respectively.
120
BENCH TOP
...... " , ,
I . , , , I ,
I ,
I , ~ I I , I 0 I I ..
I I " ~ , .. I
, " I
" , " I I .. ~ I I , I I I
, " ~ I I I \ , " I I I I , " ,
I I I I , " , ~ , I I I " , , , I I " " I I , , " , " == , , , I ""
, , I I , , , , 0 , , , , , I , , , :z , I , , ,
I , , , , .. , , , ~ , , , , , , , , , , , , r:Q ., , , I " " Q" , I , , , , , , I , , , , , , , , , , , , ~ "', " , , , , , , , .
" , ,in, " , I " , , , , , \
" , , "1
, , " FLOOR , , I , " , , ,', I , . , , ""
, , , , , , , , , l
, ' , , • I , I , , • • I , I , I '
, • • I , I I • • I • , I , I I
• , ' ' , , I I I , , , . , , I ' , , ,
• , ' . .. , , , , , • , ' ,
iIIIlt ........ '
, , , , , ' , • , ' , , , , , ' ' , , , , , , ' ' , , , , , , ' , I I , , , .. I I , , .... , , , , , , .. .. , , ,
I , , , ' , , I I , .. '," ... ' , , I .. " , , , , " ".. .-" ,,'
, I , , ........... -... -----.. -.. - , I , , , , ~, ..... , , ------- "
I .. , .. '- -~ .. , , ......... _-_ .. -.. -"" , , , , , , , , , , ,
' ...... " , ...... .. .. ...... .. .. -.. . --...... _-------_ .....
Figure 4.11 Shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of 2. Wave front positions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 are at elapsed times of 0.65, 1.50, 1.60, 1.97, 2.77, 2.96, and 3.47 msec respectively.
BENCH TOP
, , , , , , , ,
, , , ,
, ,
, , , ,
~. , , , , , , , ,
..
, ...
" " , , , , ..
... ... ... ..
.. .. ...
... ... ... ...
.. ... ... ..
... ... ... ... ... ... ..
" , , .... I' .n.,~ ", .... .. ...
" " ~ " " .. , " .. ... .. ... ... ..
...
" " " .... ... , , ..
, I' .. , " .... , " .. , " \
... ..
.. .. .. FLOOR
, " \ I " ,'. , " .'. I " .'. I • I .'. I I I ,I I I • I ,'. · " ,'. · ., .', · ,\ ,', · ,\ ,', , \ \ I',
\ .. I ' , .... I I , \ .... , I , \ ...... ' I , \ .... " , '.. .... ........ ........,' "
.. ... ... - ••• --.., I .. .... ..,I I , «lit... .. I , .............. -_....... , .. ,
Figure 4.12
.. , .. , ... , ...... ' ........ , .. "
flit... fill' '- ",--- .. --.... _----_ .. -_ .. -Shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of 1.5. Wave front positions 1, 2, 3, and 4 are at elapsed times of 1.01, 1.17, 1.99, and 2.68 msec respectively.
121
, ,
, , , ,
, , , ,
,
BENCH TOP
~--" ....... --
--", ......
..
, , " .. ,
.. ' ~.-
.. ----- ---.
" - ---
.... ....
, n. ........ - .. , ~ -..
......
, ". "'''', " .. I, .. I' .. I' .. ,I ..
FLOOR " ,/ . "\. --- --........ \, I , , .. , .... ----!l--
I I I ", I I' ," I I' '" I I I ,..
I I I" • I I • .' , • , • I . , · .' ," , " I I I , .. , , I
, ' .. , , I , ' .... ' , , \ \ .. _-_ ....... ' , , ," ,', ,.. " \.. " ,,, " \.. , I .. ...... .. I
, '.. "" , " ...... _____ ........ fIJ " .. , .. , .. .. .. .. .... ..
.... .. .. III, fI/J' .. ..----.. .. .... -------_ ... -
122
Figure 4.13 Shape of the outgoing wave front for n velocity ratio of one. Wave front positions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 are at elapsed times of 0.50, 1.00, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50, and 3.00 msec respectively.
123
Figure 4.14 shows the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of 0.8. The velocity
of detonation is 4,000 m/sec and Cp is 5,000 m/sec. When the velocity ratio is
less than unity, the wave front moves faster in the l'ock than the movement of the
detonation front along the explosive colunm. The separation between the initial
wave front and the detonation front increases with an increase in. the elapsed time
from the instant of initiation. The spherical wave front shown in Figure 4.14 is for
the pulse generated at the initiation point. Inside this wave front are a series of
continuous wave pulses lagging behind it. It is not possible to construct an envelope
to represent a unique wave front for all pulses, because each point in the explosive
column creates a wave in which the detonation front lags behind the wave motion
in the rock. This situation elongates the duration of the pulse experienced by each
point in the rock.
A rock particle, at a given point around the charge, experiences motion for
a certain period of time after the arrival of the wave front and before the arrival
of the largest amplitude contribution to the particle motion. This period of time
(amplitude lag) depends on the shape of the propagating wave front and on the
relative position of the point with respect to the cylindrical charge.
Around the axis of the cylindrical charge, the amplitude lag increases with
increasing distance from the charge. If the wave front is cylindrical, the largest
motion amplitude accompanies the wave front and the amplitude lag is minimum
and is equal to the rise time. ruse time is defined as the time between the first motion
arrival and the peak arrival. For a conical wave front, the amplitude lag increases
with decreasing (VOD/Cp ) ratio. A decrease in the (VOD/Cp ) ratio continues to
cause increase in the amplitude lag for the spherical wave fronts produced when the
(VOD/Cp ) ratio becomes equal to or less than one. The amplitude lag is equal to
the rise time for the vertical amplitude component and is less than the rise time for
the horizontal radial component. When the (VOD/Cp ) ratio is less than one, the
amplitude lag becomes larger compared to those for (VOD/Cp ) ratios equal to or
greater than one. For velocity ratios equal to or less than one, the amplitude lag
depends not only on the distance from the charge but also on the distance from the
point of initiation. The amplitude lag increases with increasing distance
, , I
I
, , ,
, , , ,
Figure 4.14
, "" ,
BENCH TOP
') .. ....
3
.. -------....
.' . ' .' .' .'
...... ......
.i/ ..... 2
. . .... --'\. , .... ,.
------. --• II ••••••
.. .. .. .. ......... 600
' . "
.. ..
........... \
---- ... -.. ...... · · · , , , , 1
.. .. .. A ,
~ , " ,.,
I " , '.
, , ,
, " 0 , '" 19 , r " I '" I' I '" ••••••
, , . ,: ,/" , , , ,
I I '" I'
I ••••••• ••••••• : " •••••••••••••• , ." ", I
, ' , ' \ ' \ ' \ I
\ I , ' , ' , ' , ' , ' .. " '" ~" -- .. _------_ .. ",
FLOOR
124
Shape of the outgoing wave front for a velocity ratio of 0.8, Arrows along the charge colullUl show the positions of the detonation front. Wave front and detonation front positions 1, 2, and 3 are at elapsed times of 0.61, 1.20, and 1.80 msec respectively.
125
from the point of initiation. In Figure 4.14, for example, point A at the bench
face is 1.5 m above the toe and 3.75 m from the point of initiation. The largest
amplitude contribution (represented by the dotted circle) arrives at point A after
an elapsed time of 1.22 milliseconds. This elapsed time is the sum of travel time
along the charge column at a speed equal to VOD, from the point of initiation to
point 1, and the travel time from point 1 to point A, at a speed of Cpo Point A
has been in motion since an elapsed time of 0.75 millisecond, travel time from the
point of initiation to point A at a speed of Cpo This gives an amplitude lag of 0.47
millisecond.
Below the initiation point (bottom of the charge), the shape of the wave front
is spherical for all the (VOD ICp ) ratios. In this region, for all the (VOD ICp ) ra
tios, the largest amplitude contribution accompanies the wave front and the am
plitude lag is minimal. For an infinite velocity ratio, the amplitude lag is equal to
the rise time and the duration of the motion is short. For velocity ratios less than
infinity, the amplitude lag is less than the rise time and contribution to the motion
amplitude is attained from the entire charge length. The rise time and the peak
amplitude increase with increasing charge length.
In the stemming region, the characteristics of the particle motion also de
pends on the velocity ratio. For an infinite velocity ratio, the wave front is spherical
and the amplitude lag is equal to the rise time. For velocity ratios greater than one,
in the spherical part of the wave front, the largest amplitude contribution accom
panies the wave front and the amplitude lag is equal to the rise time. For velocity
ratios equal to one, the amplitude lag is equal to the rise time. For velocity ratios
less than one, the amplitude lag is less than the rise time and the largest amplitude
contribution does not accompany the initial wave front.
These wave front shapes have been constructed for a single column charge
initiated at the bottom. They are the fundamental wave front shapes. The same
procedure and principle can be used to construct the wave front shapes for decked
charges and charges with several initiation points with different locations or different
sequance of initiation.
---_ .. -- .. , ._ .. -- •.... -. ' .. -"- .--,. --, .- ,., - .-._- -
126
4.2.2 Discussion and Implications
The wave front constructions show that there is a difference between the
motion characteristics resulting from explosive detonations with velocity ratios equal
to or greater than one and the motion characteristics resulting from velocity ratios
less than one. When the velocity ratio is equal to or greater than one, the amplitude
lag time of a point around the cylindrical charge is shorter than the amplitude
lag time for velocity ratios less than one. This means longer pulse duration for
(VOD/Cp ) less than one. An increase in pulse duration enhances the weakening
and/or fracturing capability of a stress pulse. The largest amplitude contribution
to the motion comes from the nearest explosive charge point. Contributions to
motion amplitude and amplitude lag from the explosive charge below the nearest
point of the charge depend on the (VOD/Cp ) ratio. For a (VOD/Cp ) ratio less
than or equal to one, a contribution is obtained from the entire charge between
the closest charge point and the initiation point. For a (VOD/Cp ) ratio greater
than one, contribution comes from a certain length of the explosive charge. This
charge contributing length increases with a decrease in the (VOD/Cp ) ratio and
with increasing distance from the charge. For all the (VOD/Cp ) ratios except
infinity, contribution to the motion amplitude and duration continues to come from
the rest of the explosive charge above the nearest charge point until the the pulse
from the top of the charge arrives at the point.
The incident compressive waves at the free face are reflected as shear and
tensile waves. If these tensile stresses are greater than the tensile strength of the
rock, tensile cracks form and the rock fails. The tensile cracks are perpendicular
to the direction of the tensile stresses creating them. This means that tensile crack
surfaces follow the shape of the reflected tensile wave fronts. For a velocity ratio of
infinity, the tensile crack surface follows the reflected cylindrical wave front surface.
For a velocity ratio greater than one, the tensile crack surface follows the reflected
conical wave front surface. For a velocity ratio equal to or less than one, the
tensile crack surface follows the reflected spherical wave front. In all these cases,
the surfaces of the tensile cracks will not isolate discrete blocks from the burden
----" -- , " ,",---,'
127
rock mass. There is a potential for the cracks coming from the top of the bench to
intersect the cracks propagating from the bench face and isolate the rock slabs, if
any, at the top of the bench. This can take place if a high Pel. explosive and small
burdens are implemented to produce large pulse amplitude at the free face. At the
bottom of the bench, the outgoing wave fronts have less potential to reflect and
form transverse cracks to separate the burden rock at the bench floor because of
the lack of appropriate free faces. Exceptions may occur if there are pre-existing
bedding or jointing planes.
Traces of the cracks at the top of the bench should be concentric circles for all
the (VOD IGp) ratios. This is because of the spherical wave front in the stemming
section and because the intersections between the reflected waves and the bench top
surface are circular for cylindrical, conical, and spherical waves. At the bench free
face, traces of crack surfaces are not the same. Cylindrical crack surfaces produce
vertical line traces; conical crack surfaces produce hyperbolic traces, and spherical
crack surfaces produce circles or circular arcs. These traces are symmetrical around
the projection of the blasthole at the bench free face. The hyperbolic and circular
arc traces are open downward.
At the free face, the highest stress level of the propagating wave develops
when the wave first touches the face along the projection of the blasthole on the
face. At this location, the travel distance and the angle of incidence of the wave . '
are minimal compared with the subsequent intersection locations between the prop
agating wave and the face. If the wave is strong enough to overcome the tensile
strength of the rock, the earliest cracks form before the formation of any spalling
cracks by the reflected waves. These cracks are vertical and their tips move inward
and upward in the rock mass. Small scale tests show the existence of these cracks
and mathematical treatment of the incident and reflected wave at the face show
that they take place for all wave front shapes (Wilson, 1987, Ch. 3 and Ch. 4). In
addition, Wilson (1987, Ch. 4) shows that the spherical wave fronts causes radial
and tangential cracking at the free face. Spalling crack tips advance into the burden
rock following the reflected wave fronts while the general direction of the impending
wave front is upward along the face. Hence, as the wave front moves upward, the
128
previously formed spalling cracks stop and new spalling cracks are initiated after
some travel distance along the face. This is because when a crack forms, it causes
stress relief and energy consumption in its neighborhood preventing new cracks from
being initiated.
At the top of the bench, if the amplitude of the reB.ected tensile stresses
is greater than the tensile strength of the rock, the reB.ected wave fronts have the
potential to form discrete rock blocks that separate from the rock mass. This
potential separation from the rock mass takes place because the formed cracks
daylight at the top of the bench. Some of the incomplete crack surfaces may be
completed later by the gas pressures. This· situation at the collar of the blasthole is
similar to what has been observed in crater tests (Duvall and Atchison, 1957). The
width of these discrete blocks increases as the velocity ratio decreases and the length
of the stemming increases. The depth of these fractures depends on the magnitude of
the tensile stresses in the reB.ected pulses and on how deep they maintain magnitudes
greater than the rock tensile strength. This depends on the original pulse generated
by the explosive, the attenuation coefficient of the rock, and the stemming length.
Shorter stemming results in faster crack initiation, higher stress levels, and deeper
cracking because of the shorter travel path of the waves. Hence, too short stemming
is undesirable because it allows early escape of the explosion gases. This results
in poor fragmentation and displacement of the fragmented material, B.y rock and
air blast problems. Too long stemming also is undesirable because it causes poor
fragmentation in the stemming region. From field practices, stemming lengths from
two thirds to one times the burden have proved to be successful in avoiding these
problems.
Figure 4.15 shows the amplitudes of the reB.ected dilatational and distortional
plane waves at different angles of incidence for v = 1/3 (Kolsky, 1973, pp. 28-
29). The amplitude of the reB.ected dilatational wave is equal to the amplitude of
the incident dilatational wave only at angles of incidence 0 and 90 degrees. The
amplitude of the reB.ected dilatational wave decreases with increasing the angle of
incidence to a minimum of 38% of the incident amplitude, at an angle of incidence of
65 degrees. When the angle of incidence increases beyond 65 degrees, the reflected
,. 1
H)
8
;
s
s
4
3
Z
o 1
0
Figure 4.15
129
I I ... -- ..... ... ", -............ "
..
'" ,
I
I I I
, ~ , , "'-/ I
, I , ,
/ ....... 1\\ / , ~ I
Y '\ 1 \ II \
\
,'/ I I~I )(
" I I I lL \
"" \
I \ , I
I \
I \ \ \ ,
I \ , \ \ I
-Az!A, -\ I AJ/A, --- \ , , I
I i , I .
o. . • • • • • • 10 30 ,40...J:' 'd~ Ang e Ql InC! enee .10 70 10
Amplitudes of reflected distortional and dilatational waves at different angles of incidence for II = 1/3. AJ, A2 , and A3 are amplitudes of incident, reflected dilatational, and reflected tortional waves respectively. (After Kolsky,1963, p. 29)
130
amplitude increases until it achieves 100% of the incident amplitude, at an angle of
incidence of 90 degrees. When the reflected dilatational amplitude is less than 100%,
the rest of the incident energy is reflected in the form of distortional waves. Keeping
in mind that wave energy is proportional to the square of the wave amplitude, the
reflected dilatational energy can be as low as 16% of the incident energy. The
minimum angle of incidence at the free face increases with decreasing velocity ratio.
Hence, the reflected dilatational amplitude decreases with decreasing velocity ratio.
This decreases the capability of the reflected waves to create cracks and/or extend
them.
The reflection theory (Duvall and Atchison, 1957 and Hino, 1959, pp.22-23)
postulates that the wave reflection mechanism is the main mechanism for burden
rock fragmentation and displacement. The theory ignores the gas pressure role and
claims that the rock is pulled apart, not pushed apart (Duvall and Atchison, 1957, p.
1). The above discussion of wave fronts partially agrees with the reflection theory in
the possibility of some crack and/or slab formation. However, at the bench free face,
the formation of discrete blocks is unlikely. Needless to say, more work is needed to
complete the formation of discrete blocks and to displace them. This means that
a real amount of work is left for the explosion gases. Explosion gases are expected
to complete rock burden separation from the rock mass by extending radial cracks
from the blast hole to intersect those at the free face, if any, or to intersect the free
face itself. Also gases are responsible for displacement of the fragmented rock.
The construction of wave fronts is useful in considering measurements of the
particle motions resulting from blasting. These measurements may be for study
ing relative performance of explosives or estimation of the attenuation coefficients.
The wave front constructions suggest that if the stress measuring instruments only
measure in the horizontal radial directions, they should be positioned at the level of
the initiation point. If the measurements are to be made at a different level, mea
surements of three orthogonal components is needed to completely and accurately
determine the displacement vector at that location. From the displacement vector,
other quantities can be calculated by differentiating with respect to time or dis
tance. The different wave front shapes and zones and their extension with distance
-----. __ . " ... '~"-"""- ' .•... - ...... " ... ""- , ... -,."
131
from the blasthole, should be taken into account in planning for measurements to
choose appropriate locations for the instruments.
The wave front constructions show that the wave motion at the top surface
of the bench has different characteristics for different velocity ratios. Velocity ratios
less than one produce longer durations than velocity ratios of one or greater. At
velocity ratios less than one, durations are expected to be larger for smaller velocity
ratios and longer charge columns. The wave front constructions suggest that the
length of the charge column affects the duration and the characteristics of the motion
at the ground surface. For velocity ratios greater than one', the characteristics of
the motion that will be produced by the conical part of the wave front would be
different from the motion that will be produced by the lower spherical part of the
wave front. These differences can have an impact on the amplitude, frequency, and
duration of the ground vibration. More investigation is needed to understand the
effect of these differences on the ground vibrations and the corresponding structural
response. This is beyond the scope of the current study.
Having discussed the propagation of the compressional wave kinematically
and graphically, it is appropriate to mention some of the techniques to approach its
kinetics. There are several mathematical solutions available for waves generated in
an elastic solid from spherical and cylindrical sources. For a spherical source, there
are solutions derived by Sharpe (1942), Blake (1952), Selberg (1952), and Wilson
(1987, Ch. 4). For cylindrical sources, there are solutions for a (VOD/Cp ) ratio of
infinity and for a (VOD/Cp ) ratio greater than one (Selberg, 1952; Jordan, 1962;
Wilson, 1987, Ch. 4).
When the (VOD/Cp ) ratio is less than one, no mathematical solution is
available for the cylindrical source. Synthesizing a solution by dividing the cylindri
cal charge into a finite number of small spherical charges and superposing the pulses
of these concentrated charges, using computer codes, can simulate the pulse of the
cylindrical charge. It has been reported that the technique simulates the measured
pulses from a cylindrical charge accurately (Plewman and Starfield, 1965; Wiebols
and Cook, 1965; Starfield and Pugliese, 1968; Aimone, 1982, Ch. 3).
132
Superposition, using a computer code, of Rayleigh pulses produced by a
single blasthole at far distances from the blast, has been used to simulate ground
vibrations produced by several blastholes. It is reported that simulated ground
motions adequately represented the measured ground motions and the technique
proved to be better than the scaled distance technique (Barkley, 1982, pp. 190-192;
Ghosh, et al, 1986).
4.3 Conclusions
Some conclusions can be drawn from the analysis of the crushed zone data.
The diameter of the crushed zone around a cylindrical charge depends on the in
terrelations between rock properties and explosive properties. It depends on the
following ratios: velocity ratio, characteristic impedance ratio, medium stress ratio,
and detonation pressure ratio. The crushed zone diameter increases at a decreasing
rate with increase in these ratios. The rate of increase of the crushed zone diameter
becomes negligible when the velocity ratio increases beyond unity.
The relationship between the scaled crushed zone diameter and the deto
nation pressure ratio is important. It can be used to estimate the rock dynamic
compressive strength when the scaled crushed zone diameter is equal to unity. In
general, the rate of increase of the crushed zone diameter with increase in the ve
locity ratio is high in rocks with a large longitudinal wave velocity. At a given
velocity ratio, the crushed zone diameter is larger in rocks of higher longitudinal
wave velocities than in rocks of lower longitudinal velocities.
Several conclusions can be made from the graphical constructions of the
shape of the wave fronts generated by a cylindrical charge. The shape of the wave
front is not planar in the range of burdens used in bench blasting. The shape of
the wave front is controlled by the velocity ratio. For an infinite velocity ratio,
the shape of the wave front is cylindrical around the charge and spherical in the
stemming region and below the charge. For velocity ratios greater than one, the
shape of the wave is sphero-conical around the charge and spherical above and
below the charge. The angle of incidence of the sphero-conical waves decreases
133
with increasing velocity ratio. For velocity ratios equal to or less than one, the shape
of the wave front is spherical and its center coincides with the initiation point. For
velocity ratios less than one, the duration of the motion is longer than the duration
of the motion for velocity ratios equal to or greater than one. ruse time for the
particle motion increases with decrease ~n the velocity ratio. For velocity ratios less
than one, ground motion preceedes the detonation front along the explosive charge.
This increases the hazards of potential misfires and cutoffs.
The discussions and the conclusions about the shapes of the wave fronts
considered here are restricted to the outgoing compressional waves propagating
in an isotropic, elastic, and homogeneous rock. Shear waves inside the rock and
surface waves at the bench top and at the bench free face are not discussed. The
propagation velocities of these waves are less than the propagation velocities of the
compressional waves in a given medium. The effect of these waves on the rock is to
modify, extend, or superpose on weakening and/or fracturing previously initiated
by the faster compressional waves. More investigation is needed to understand their
role in the blasting process.
. ............. --- .... _-_ ... " -_ ......... _---_.-- ...• -.. --.-
134
CHAPTER 5
FINITE ELEMENT MODELING OF BENCH BLASTING
Blastholes are the building blocks of the blasting pattern. Hence, studying
the parameters which affect the displacement and stress fields produced around a
blasthole by the explosion pressure is an important step toward pointing out their
relative importance to the blasting process. Then, the knowledge obtained about
an individual, blasthole can be used to plan and design blasting patterns to fulfil
some pre-stated objectives. However, there are many parameters affecting the
rock blasting process. Interrelations between these parameters makes it even more
difficult to idealize the problem.
From the computational point of view, the results of a finite element analysis
can be affected by the type, the number, the size, and the arrangement of the
finite elements employed to model the problem in hand. In addition, geometry,
loading, boundary conditions, and ma.terial properties, used in modeling a bench
blast, should represent the bench blast as much as practically possible.
vVhen a fully coupled explosive charge is detonated in a blasthole, the result
ing stress waves and gas pressure subject the blasthole wall to pressures that are
large compared to the rock compressive strength. This causes crushing and frac
turing of the rock around the blasthole. Kutter (1967) and Kutter and Fairhurst
(1971) studied the fracture process theoretically and experimentally. In their exper
iments, they used discs and plates of glass, plexiglass, and rocks. They simulated
the effect of gas pressure by pressurized oil and simulated the stress wave action by
a pulse generated by an underwater electric spark discharge. They estimated the
gas pressure to be 10 - 20% of the blasthole peak wall pressure. They divided the
fractured zone into three regions, crushed zone, zone of dense radial fractures, and
zone of widely spaced radial cracks symmetrically distributed around the blasthole.
They stated that the internal two zones are small and of less practical importance.
The outer zone (zone of widely spaced radial cracks) is of more importance and
135
of larger extent. They concluded that the diameter of the zone of radial cracks
was theoretically computed to be about six hole diameters for a spherical charge,
and nine hole diameters for a cylindrical charge. Their computations are based on
the assumption that the crushed zone diameter and the charge diameter are equal
(i.e. crushed zone diameter should replace the blasthole diameter when it is larger).
Radial cracks are formed by the precursor stress waves and are extended toward
the free face by the reflected waves. Kutter (1967) proved that the stress field out
side a pressurized cavity (equivalent cavity) of radius equal to the distance from
the center of the blasthole to the crack tips, is the same stress field produced by
a pressurized radially fractured blasthole. He made some simplifying assumptions.
He assumed that the rock is elastic and isotropic; the cracks are of equal length and
symmetrically distributed around the blast hole; the gas pressure is constant dur
ing the extension; the radial cracks are in infinite plate domain under plane strain
conditions.
Kutter and Fairhurst (1971) state that because radial cracks may be very
tight it may be unrealistic to assume that in practice the gas penetrates into all
the cracks. They suggest three limiting cases to obtain the influence of partially
pressurized cracks. Considering the blasthole as unit circle, the three limiting cases
and the associated principal stress outside the fractured zone of a cylindrical charge
are:
(1) The pressurized uncracked hole;
0'(1) - _0'(1) - p .!. r - 8 - r2
(2) The radially fractured hole with gas pressure acting in the hole only;
for 1 <r < R
for r>R
(5.1)
(5.2)
(3) The radially fractured hole with full gas pressure acting in the hole and in the
cracks;
(5.3)
136
R is the radius of the cracked region, r is the radial distance from the center of the
cavity to any arbitrary point, and p is the gas pressure.
From equations (5.1) through (5.3), the radial and tangential stresses have
the following ratio:
(5.4)
Considering finite element modeling of the blasthole, two important param
eters are needed. The first is the blasthole diameter or the equivalent diameter and
the second is the internal pressure applied to the chosen cavity boundary. Porter
(1971, pp. 52-77) uses a two dimensional finite element model and compares the
numerical results with his experimental results from oil pressurized holes in glass.
He uses the nominal hole diameter and assumes the internal pressure. Ash (1973,
pp. 121-122) uses a three dimensional static finite element model to analyze the
effect of joints on bench blasting. He models the nominal blasthole diameter and
applies an assumed internal pressure to the blasthole and the joints intersecting
the hole. Bhandari (1975, pp. 126-130) uses two dimensional quasi-static finite
element analysis and compares the results to his experimental results from cement
mortar tests on small scale benches. He uses the nominal hole diameter and adopts
an internal pressure less than the detonation pressure. Hagan (1979) suggests the
equivalent cavity diameter to be equal to the diameter of the zone with dense radial
fractures.
Aimone (1982, p.77) uses an equivalent blasthole diameter slightly larger
than the crushed zone diameter and within the region of dense radial fracturing.
The ratio of the equivalent cavity diameter to that of the blasthole is eight (p. 85).
She uses an internal pressure equal to the detonation pressure (pp. 109 -110). Her
model is not a finite element model. She studies three dimensional wave propaga
tion in rocks using superposition of the pulses of small spherical charges to model
the pulse from cylindrical charges. The objective of her analysis is to correlate
the fragmentation of full scale production blasts with tensile stresses produced by
longitudinal charges.
---- - ---- , ,- --,--_.,
137
Haghighi and Konya (1985, 1986) use three dimensional finite element models
for production blasts to study the effect of bench height on bench movement and
the effect of geology on burden displacement. They use partially pressurized radial
cracks extending from the blasthole to the free surface, nominal blasthole diameter,
and internal pressure approximately equal to the detonation pressure. Their results
include displacements up to 13.7 m (45 ft).
Sunu and others (1987) use two dimensional dynamic finite element analysis
to model production blasts in the vertical plane perpendicular to the free face. They
model the nominal blasthole diameter and an assumed internal pressure. They use
a loading time of 0.1 msec. They reported displacements of the order of 10-18 m.
Wilson (1987, pp. 177-186) uses a quasi-static two dimensional finite el
ement analysis to compare the results with his experimental results from concrete
block tests. His equivalent blasthole diameter equals the crushed zone diameter
(two times the nominal blast hole diameter). In his model, radial cracks extend to
eight times the nominal blasthole diameter. He applies a maximum internal pres
sure of 45% of the magnitude of the detonation pressure. He partially pressurizes
radial cracks with linear pressure distribution and decreases the applied pressure to
7.3% of the detonation pressure.
Radial cracks left at the free face by previously blasted holes have not been
included in finite element modeling before. Also from the previous researches, the
wide spectrum of the applied internal pressures and where they are applied, makes
it necessary to investigate their impact on the results. In the beginning of this
chapter, a circular boundary is modeled. Then, the blasthole is analyzed with no
radial cracks and with radial cracks around the hole and at the free face. The effect
of radial cracks around the blasthole on the displacement field, stress field, and
strain energy density distribution is investigated for non-pressurized, uniformly
pressurized, and linearly pressurized cracks. The validity of the equivalent cavity
(equivalent blasthole diameter) is discussed. The effect of the explosion pressure,
compressive strength, and tensile strength on the strain energy distribution around
the blasthole are discussed in the final sections of the chapter .
• ' , • __ '.' '4 _ ••••• __ ...... __ '-'_._ .' __ •• '.
138
5.1 Modeling of Circular Boundacr
In this section a circular hole in a plate is analyzed. The objectives of the
analysis are: to get a goodassesment of the refinement needed close to the blasthole;
to find out what is the effect of representing the circular boundary by straight edge
or circular edge elements on the convergence of the solution; to see if using 3 x 3
Gauss quadrature order will give better convergence than 2 x 2 quadrature order;
and to find out to what degree the use of consistent loads can improve results
compared with lumped loads. Cook (1981, p. 406) states that using straight edge
elements to model circular boundaries causes strains and stresses normal to the
boundary to converge to the wrong values. He adds that errors in these strains and
stresses can be of the order of the tangential strains and stresses and he recommends
the use of elements with circular edges to avoid this error.
Hinton and Owen (1977, pp. 240 - 256) solve the problem of a thick cylinder
subjected to internal pressure under plane strain. They use 2 x 2 and 3 x 3 Gauss
quadrature orders. The same problem is solved here to compare the SABM program
results to their results. The problem is a circular hole of 5 m radius in a plate of 1 m
thickness. The outer circular boundary has a 20 m radius. The Young's modulus is
1000 N/m2 and the Poisson's ratio is 0.3. The internal pressure applied to the hole
is 10 N /m2. The eight noded isoparametric element is employed in the analysis.
The consistent nodal loads along a side of an eight noded isoparametric
element (quadratic edge) subjected to uniform traction (7y are calculated from the
surface integral:
(5.5)
The integration (Cook, 1981, pp. 10-11) gives the following consistent load vector
{r} = (711 t L{(1/6) (2/3) (1/6)} (5.6)
For linearly varying pressure (Bathe, 1982, p. 218), the consistent nodal loads are:
where:
[N] = matrix of approximation functions;
[4>] = vector of tractions along the element edge;
t = thickness of the element;
L = length of the side of the element;
PI, P2 = pressures at the end nodes of the element side.
139
(5.7)
Because of the symmetry, only one quarter of the problem needs to be ana
lyzed. Figure 5.1 ( a) shows the mesh in which the circular boundary of the hole
is modeled by circular edge elements. Figure 5.1 (b) shows the mesh in which the
circular boundary of the hole is modeled using straight line edge elements. Nine
elements are used in both meshes.
The elastic solution for the tangential and radial stresses for this problem is
given by (Jaeger and Cook, 1979, p. 137):
Where:
0" r and 0"8 = radial and tangential stresses;
RI and R2 = internal and outer radii;
PI = internal pressure;
r = radial distance from the hole center.
(5.8)
(5.9)
The radial and tangential stresses obtained from the Finite Element Method
(FEM), for 2 x 2 and 3 x 3 Gauss quadratures using the consistent loads, along
with the exact elastic solution are shown in Figure 5.2. The results obtained by the
SABM program are the same results obtained by Hinton and Owen (1977, pp. 241-
242). The differences between the FEM tangential stresses and the exact tangential
------.-~ . " '-"-.'"
Figure 5.1
0 40 C ..
:10
0 ori
S-ri :Ie
~ tl :17
:E~ o-f tl z ~ So
ori
o 0t:----__ -f~~~--~~~~,_--~e----~7
0.0 0.0 10.0 I~.O DISTANCE FnOM CENTEn. m
~O.O
(a)
o 40 :;i.....---
~ 7
1.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 DISTANCE FnON CENTER. m
(b)
Mesh for thick wall cylinder using nine eight noded elements. (a) Using circular edge elements along the hole boundary. (b) Using straight line edge elements along the hole boundary .
...• . -*-•. ~.- "~ .. -::.-.~-.-,- ... '" ".~
140
~ -• .. • ..
AI' ,
, ,
.. 6" .. .. pA
Q .... ....
6 o
Jr ....
exact radial stress exact tangential stress 3x3 Gauss quadrature 2 x 2 Gauss quadrature
·6-.t>6--"
6_ - ........ -0 .. 6- .. .0.-"-"-
141
, o • I
o " ! A I I
• Ii
, , 9
, , ,
i4-------~~------~--------~--------r_------_,--------_, '.1 10.0 11.1 10.0 n.D 20.0 1.0
Figure 5.2
DISTANCE rROM CENTER, m
Radial and tangential stresses for thick wall cylinder using circular side elements, 2x2, 3x3 Gauss quadratures, and 9 eight noded elements.
142
stresses (from equation (5.9) are negligible. The differences between the FEM
radial stresses and the exact radial stresses (from equation (5.8» are negligible for
the 2 x 2 Gauss quadrature. They are larger for the 3 x 3 quadrature, especially
close to the hole boundary. At a d\stance of about 20% of the hole radius from the
hole boundary, the error is about 10%. Using 2 x 2 Gauss quadrature is better than
using 3 x 3 quadrature because of the better convergence rate and the reduced
computation time.
To compare the effect of consistent loads to that of lwnped loads on the
accuracy of the calculated stresses, the problem is solved again for the circular edge
elements along the hole boundary using 2 x 2 Gauss quadrature. Figure 5.3 shows
the finite element stresses along with the exact elastic stresses. Consistent loads
give better results compared to lumped loads especially close to the hole boundary.
Beyond approximately one hole radius from the hole boundary, the lumped loads
give almost the same accuracy as the consistent loads.
The same problem is solved using straight edge elements along the hole
boundary. Gauss quadrature order of 2 x 2, lwnped loads, and consistent loads
are compared in Figure 5.4. Consistent loads give better results than lwnped loads.
Comparing Figure 5.4 to Figure 5.3, we can see that the circular modeling of the hole
boundary , Figure 5.3, gives better results than the straight line segment modeling,
Figure 5.4, where the error is approximately doubled. Beyond one hole radius from
the hole boundary, straight line segments and circular modeling give almost the
same accuracy. Using lwnped loads with straight line segment modeling superposes
the error from the two approximations.
To check the degree of mesh refinement needed, the nwnber of elements is
doubled. Figure 5.5 shows the mesh used for the same geometry, material properties,
and loading. The nwnber of elements is doubled by dividing each element radially
into two elements. The hole boundary is modeled with circular edge elements. The
problem is solved using 2 x 2 Gauss quadrature, lumped loads, and consistent
loads. The FEM radial and tangential stresses along with the exact stresses are
plotted in Figure 5.6. Both lwnped and consistent loads give the exact elastic
radial and tangential stresses.
---_ ... -_. . .. .- .. - .... . ...... - ...• ,". ".' ._- .. ~-:.. ... ----.-~-- .. "- ..
-e • -• .;
• .;
• .; •
, ~'
CI! " o , - I I I
CI! •
, , , ,
, , , ,
.. ~~
~~ ." "", , It'
6 o
•• '& ••
exact radial stress exact tangential stress lumped loads consistent loads
.-----------.---........ ---
143
i~--------r-------~---------r--------~------~~-------, '.0 7.1 10.0 II!.I 11.0 17.1 10.0
Figure 5.3
------, -_. , " ,"', -.'.,
DISTANCE FROY CENTER. m
Radial and tangential stresses using 9 elements, lumped and consistent loads, 2x2 Gauss quadrature, and circular modeling of the hole boundary.
~ -exact radial stress exact tangential stress lumped loads consistent loads
144
-.,---------------==~======6_:s.+-~ e III: ~~ z .. e l -~~ zT DQ u z. ~.
I
• .; I
I I
~'
~ " · , - , I ,
• .;
, I
I
, ,
a~ , , , ,
,,~
,," ~
------D'fI''-
.fj,---- --___ .0 .--. ..G----------
i~-----r_---~-----_r------~-----~----__ 7.1 10.0 11.1 11.0 1.0
Figure 5.4
17.1 10.0 DISTANCE FROY CENTER. m
Radial and tangential stresses using 9 elements, lumped and consistent loads, 2x2 Gauss quadrature, and straight line segment modeling of the hole boundary.
e Q~--------~--'---~~~--~~--r--+------~
Figure 5.5
0.0 5.0 10.0 16.0 20.0 DISTANCE FROM CENTER, m
Mesh for thick wall cylinder using 18 eight noded elements. The hole boundary is modeled with circular edge elements.
--.... - .-- _." ~ .... --- _ .. _-- -.. ~.. . _. - -
145
• . •
• .-zC! • • ~ CI)
~C! 1:1::" t; -0 c· _0
= c 1:1:: =C! z" c' -~o .... zT w ~ Zo i!-• ,
I , 0 .;
I I
I I
~' C! 0 -I ~ -I '.0
Figure 5.6
, , , , tI'
., ..
"" ,
.... .0 .... .... .... .... . '"
.---
exact radial stress exact tangential stress lumped loads consistent loads
__ -------0---.-e-----
146
10.0 11.1 11.0 17.1 10.0 DISTANCE FROM CENTER, m
Radial and tangential stresses using 18 eight Doded elements, lumped and consistent loads, 2x2 Gauss quadrature, and circular modeling of the hole boundary.
147
The problem is solved again using the 18 element mesh but the hole boundary
is modeled by straight line edge elements. The FEM radial and tangential stresses
along with the exact stresses are plotted in Figure 5.7. The FEM solution gives
the exact elastic radial and tangential stresses. Hence the statement of Cook (1981,
p. 406) that the stresses nonnal to the boundary converge to the wrong values if
the circular boundary modeled using straight edge elements is not valid when the
eight noded isoparametric element is used. Also his statement that the magnitude
of error is of the order of the tangential stresses is not valid even for the coarser
mesh of the 9 elements.
From the above analysis, some conclusions are drawn. Lumped loads, com
pared to consistent loads, give insignificant stress errors close to the boundary of
the hole for coarse mesh. The errors, for radial stresses, are about 5% at a distance
from the hole boundary of about 20% of the hole radius. Errors in the tangen
tial stresses are less than half the errors in the radial stresses. When the circular
boundary is modeled with straight line edge elements the errors are about double
the errors of circular edge elements. The difference in accuracy of stress calculations
between lumped and consistent loads diminishes at a distance approximately one
hole radius from the hole boundary. The 2 x 2 Gauss quadrature order gives
better convergence than the 3 x 3 quadrature order. Hence it is recommended
when the eight noded isoparametric element is employed. The 2 x 2 quadrature
order also demands less computation time. Modeling the circular boundaries with
straight line segments gives less accuracy in stress calculations than circular mod
eling of such boundaries. The stress errors caused by lumped loads and straight
line segment modeling of circular boundaries, vanish when the mesh is refined. The
solution converges to the analytical elastic solution. It is important to remember
that these conclusions are based on analysis with the eight noded isoparametric
element.
.'~ - ...... ",-.-- •• --~.. ." __ •. , ...... _. ___ ,_"-__ •• ,'.6 ...... _
• ,. -II! •
II! •
zC! .. . ~ en ~C! ~.
-0 c· _0 ~ C ell: ~C! Z" c· -:50 ... zT ~ u Zo ~ .. • , , ,
0 .. I I
I
• t/ 0 ci -f ~ -f
1.0
Figure 5.7
, , , , p'
'.1
.. .. .... ..
... .... .0 .... .... .... ....
- .. --
exact radial stress exact tangential stress lumped loads consistent loads
------ .... _-.-8-----_.
10.0 11.1 11.0 17.1 10.0 DISTANCE FROM CENTER, m
148
Radial and tangential stresses using 18 eight noded elements, lumped and consistent loads, 2x2 Gauss quadrature, and straight line segment modeling of the hole bOWldary .
.. ,. . -- ..... ~ .. --- ....... --.-.-.-.. ' .. -.... ',
149
5.2 Modeling the Blasthole Without Radial Cracks
In this section and the following sections of this chapter, the material proper
ties of Lithonia granite are used in the finite element analyses. Lithonia granite has
the following properties (Atchison and Tournay, 1959, p. 3): compressive strength
of 2.0685 x (10)8 N/m2 (30,000 psi); tensile strength of 3.0275 x 106 N/m2 (450
psi); Young's modulus of 2.0685 x 1010 N /m2 (3 x 106psi). Nichols and Hooker
(1965, p. 3) report from their laboratory tests a Poisson's ratio of 0.19. The explo
sive material selected is semigelatine dynamite which has a detonation pressure of
6.3434 x 109 N/m2 (9.2 x 105psi), density of 1, 180.6kg/m3 (731b/jt3), and velocity
of detonation of 4,819 m/sec (15,800 ft/sec) (Atchison and Tournay, 1959, p. 24).
Hino (1959, pp. 61-63) explains the relation between the different explosive
pressures and the explosive specific volumes associated with them in the detonation
process. He postulates that for perfect explosive loading, the detonation pressure
at the end of the reaction zone (Chapman and Jouguet plane) is associated with a
specific volume less than the initial specific volume of the undecomposed explosive.
He adopts the detonation pressure for his shock wave analysis. When the gaseous
products of the detonation expand to the initial specific volume of the explosive,
the pressure drops to approximately half the detonation pressure. The pressure
at this stage is referred to as the explosion pressure. Accordingly, for the static
finite element analysis, the explosion pressure represents the upper bound of the
internal pressure applied to the blast hole wall. Because the semigelatine dynamite
is chosen, the upper bound of the internal pressure which can be applied to the
blasthole boundary is 3.1717 x 109 N /m2 •
The geometry assumed for the bench drilling pattern is a diameter of 10 cm,
burden of 3 m, spacing of 3 m, and bench height equal to or greater than three times
the burden. From the analysis of the crushed zone around a cylindrical charge in
chapter 3, the ratio of the crushed zone diameter to the blasthole diameter for this
rock-explosive combination is 2.84. Accordingly, in the finite element modeling,
the internal pressure is applied to a circular boundary of diameter 2.84 times the
150
nominal drilled hole diameter. For the 10 em diameter drill hole, the internal
pressure is applied to a crushed zone boundary of 28.4 em diameter.
Two dimensional finite element analysis of a plate of granite around the
blast hole is adopted. The plate is 10 em thick. It is assumed that Lithonia granite
is homogeneous, isotropic, and linearly elastic. Plane stress condition is assumed.
Figure 5.8 shows a plan view of the drilling pattern. The analysis considers a single
blasthole. This blasthole is at the intersection of the Y-axis and the X-axis. To
differentiate between this blasthole and the other blastholes, it is referred to as
the detonating blasthole throughout the text. The area of rock considered in the
analysis extends two times the burden on the sides and to the back of the blasthole,
and one burden in direction of the free face. This is the area inside the dashed
boundary in Figure 5.8. Because of the symmetry, only half the area need to be
analyzed. The hatchured section in Figure 5.8 is modeled. The dotted lines on the
figure contain the part of the burden which the blasthole is supposed to fracture and
displace when it is detonated. The geometry of the drilling pattern, the explosive
type, and the rock type are kept the same throughout this chapter.
Critical strain energy density is the failure criterion adopted to estimate the
potential fracture zone around the blast hole. This failure criterion was used by
Porter (1971, pp. 124-128), Porter and Fairhurst (1971), and Bhandari (1975, pp.
34-40, 146-147). The strain energy density, U, in plane stress, is calculated by
Where:
E=Young's modulus;
v=Poisson's ratio;
0'1 =major principal stress;
(5.10)
0'2=minor principal stress. The strain energy density associated with failure,
U" is given by
(5.11)
where O't is the ultimate tensile strength.
---- ._- .... _ .. -...
)(
BENCH FREE FACE
> • .),)," " • ), " " ,,".' < < < < < < « •
•
3m
, , , , , :E , ,(II) ,
•
-------------.-------------~
Figure 5,8 Layout of the drilling pattern showing the section modeled by the Finite Element Method. Hatchured section is the part modeled by the mesh. ~
c:.n ~
152
According to the strain energy density criterion, cracks can grow at any point
in the rock if U at this point exceeds U, (Porter, 1971, p.125). U, for Lithonia
granite is 232.706 N/m2•
In the finite element analyses, circular .boundaries are modeled by circular
edge elements, consistent loads are applied at the nodes, and 2 x 2 Gauss quadrature
order is used.
Figure 5.9 shows the mesh used to model the blast hole on the assumption
that no radial cracks exist around the blasthole or at the free face. All the elements
in this mesh are eight noded isoparametric elements. The mesh is composed of
143 elements and 486 nodal points. The boundary conditions along the symmetry
plane (X-axis is the trace of the symmetry plane) allow no displacement in the Y
direction. The borders of the mesh at the top (Y=6 m) and at the left (X= -6 m)
of Figure 5.9 are fixed to prevent displacements in X and Y directions. The free
face in front of the detonating blast hole (the right side, X= 3 m, of Figure 5.9) is
traction free. The applied internal pressure is 3.1717 x 109 N / m 2 (the upper bound
of the explosion pressure).
The problem is solved using the SABM program. Figure 5.10 shows the
displacement field. In the figure, the scale shows the maximum displacement, 1.5 x
10-2 m. All the displacements are normalized to that maximum displacement.
The plus signs are the locations of the Gauss points and the displacements at
these locations are represented by the arrows. To give a clearer picture of the
displacements, the displacements are magnified within some selected windows from
the domain. These windows are named A, B, C, and D shown in Figure 5.10 by the
dashed lines. The locations of the windows are selected so that they can be used
later to compare the displacement field with the displacement fields for the options
including radial cracks. Figure 5.11 shows the displacements within these windows.
Figures 5.10 and 5.11 show that the displacement field is symmetrical around the
blasthole within a radius about 0.3 times the burden. Outside this region, the effect
of the free face is seen by the increased displacements in front of the blast hole.
----, , --.. " ._--- •...
o G~I~----~------r------r------~----~---r--~r---~---T----~----~
~~~--~----~--+---~--+-~--~~~---+--~
e~J=~l-~---t--i--l--I-t-~-r==~_ -1&1
~
~~ J ) ~ ~ k: " l o 8 01 IN
>-
o c:i I ' I I I I 'J::IC:B:T:' , , i I I I iii 'I
-8.0 -5.0 -4.0 -3.0 -2.0 -1.0 0.0 1.0 X-COORDINATE, m
Figure 5.9 Mesh used to model the blasthole without radial crackR.
3.0
.... en CI)
I
~ t t l- I" I" I" I' I i-I I I
~ "\ t t t i- i" i" i" • II' I L _________
"\ t t l- I- I- ~ l#- II'
.----------"\ " t * I
I I I
"\ t * .. .. .,. .,. .. I .. I I
"\ " .. * .. .. .. .. .. I .. ~
"\ .. * .. .. ., ., ." ."
~ '\ " .. .. .. of " ~ ., ., ., .. ~
~ " • .. .- ., ~---------.... .,.If' .... oft ... ~ : .. : ~1Uj ~l~:--:-... ... ... ... ... ~
... ... III II II • • ~.:~~
1.50-10·- METERS 0
Figure 5.10 Displacement field around a hlasthole when radial cracks are not considered.
iA
18
.... C11 ~
Figure 5.11
155
/ !
/ / v .
METERS
(a)
Displacement field within some selected windows when radial cracks are not considered. (a) Window A. (b) ,\\7indow B. (c) Window C. (d) Window D.
156
/ II
/ V
/ /
v
v
(b)
Figure 5.11 ... Continued
157
.~
+= ..
METERS
(c)
Figure 5.l1 ... Continued
___ • __ ... • _ •• _._... • .... _ •• __ r __ , ........ ___ ,_,,_,_.~. ___ ~.~ •••• ~. ____ " ' ___ ~~ •• _ •• _._
158
.. ...
-- " ~ \. " \. ,.
'" '" \.
" ~
.... ~ -"'Cl -~
.... ~
• 41-.-
"'Cl ~ ::I
= .. .. M .... = 0 ..
0 .. if ;
CIl ... Q::
~ ;- ~ .... ~ ~
.. ~ t lQ ; ::s ~ ...
I- fa .. .,.
t .• J:t.t ...
• 10 ... • .... • • 0 aQ
• • ....
159
Figure 5.12 shows the stress field around the blasthole. The stress field within
the windows is shown in Figure 5.13. In both figures the line segments without arrow
heads represent compressive stress whereas line segments with arrow heads represent
tensile stress. The stresses plotted are the principal stresses. The left scale in the
figures represents the maximum stress within the domain. The rest of the stresses
are normalized to this maximum stress. The right scale shows the compressive
strength of Lithonia granite. The conventions used here for plotting displacements
and stresses are used for all the plots within this chapter. From Figures 5.12 and
5.13, the symmetry of the stress field around the blasthole is seen within a region of
radius about 0.5 time the burden. The stress field is composed of compressive radial
stress and tangential tensile stress. In this region the radial and tangential stresses
are almost of the same magnitude. As we move away from the blasthole toward
the free face, the radial compressive components become less than the tangential
tensile component. In addition, the principal stresses change direction closer to the
free face, where the stress field is almost uniaxial tensile and parallel to the free
face. A way from the symmetry plane, the tensile component decreases relative to
the compressive component. At a distance along the free face of about 1.7 times the
burden from the symmetry plane, the stress field becomes completely compressive.
This means that the fracture mode at the free face changes from purely tensile at
the symmetry plane to compressive shear failure at this distance. Looking at the
scale of the stresses in Window A and Window B and comparing it to the magnitude
of the compressive strength , we see that compressive shear failures take place at
the free face.
Strain energy density is calculated at all the Gauss integration points in
the mesh area. These strain energy densities are normalized by dividing through
U f. The scaled strain energy densities are contoured using the Surface III contour
ing program developed by Interactive Concepts Incorporated (Davis and Sampson,
1988). According to the strain energy failure criterion, the area inside contour level
1 of the scaled strain energy density is a fractured zone. Different options of Sur
face III have been tested to find the options which give a good representation of the
scaled strain energy density at the Gauss points (the control points). Testing
---- ._-- . • ••••••• - •• --, • - ••••• _ '. - ..... ~. ____ .-. __ 4 ..... '" '.
160
I I .. ' .,., .. I I I
I I .. I .- I .. -d I , I
ct I. a:l I ~ I ~o" e CI)
------- '- _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .tf _, '- --~- "'0 .... I I I I .. .. ,. en
d
I I I I I ~ --.. ,..~- 8 r .. -I , .. 0
I I I I d
1'1 ' ~ I I I I I I II en
I I I I I 1,1 ~
I I I I I II 1:1 ... !,,)
\ 1\ ca
1 I I I :.s \ \ I~~ CIS
I I I \ ...
\ \:0,' c::
I I CI)
I \ '-'--~Z ..c::
\ ~ ~
I I \ \ , -- t3 CI) --- ... 0 en ... .. --I I \ \ ,
-- .. ~ ~ -• .a I 1 \ , , .. e CIS .... "'0 • c::
I \ \ , S = , .. ~ • N \ \ \ \ , , , , .. .... "'0 as
c= en
~ -CJ:I
\ , , , " ........ ~ .-4
ll'3 • e
--,
--, .. e Q, . .... .... ... • i:i: ...
en • ...
161
(a)
Figure 5.13 Stress field within some selected windows when radial cracks are not considered. (a) Window A. (b) Window B. (c) Window C. (d) Window D.
162
I I f
I f
f
x
\
(b) Figure 5.13 ... Continued
--'--- ... ' ..•.. ~ ,Y--, .• ·~-· .. - ,.~"",._-,, ______ •.. ~ ".',-' - .. _ .. _- ._~-'" •.. _.-
163
2.07·10' PASCAL
(c)
Figure 5.13 ... Continued
164
.. ... ~ .. .. .,. .,. ~ .. .. .. ~ ~ .,. .. .. .. .. ~
.-I ., .. .... • I ., ., .. • • ~ .,
• I , • I
• , # • I , • I I , • I
I • I , • I , , • --""0
I I I • I
I I I • • -, ,
\ , , • \ • ~ •
\ \ \
4\. ••• • \ .. ~ ... .... • \ ..
1 ..
' .. a
\ \ .. .... .. ~
==
.. 0
\ .. .. t) .. .. .. ..
-- -c . .... M -- • .... ....
.. .. '" .0
.. •
a .. .. .... -- -- .. ,
~
165
includes number of near points, gridding algorithms, and weighting functions used
to take into account the distances between grid nodes and control points. Control
points are posted on the contour maps to check how accurate the contours represent
the control points. It has been found that two stage gridding algorithms, using
near or 45 degrees rotated quadrant searches, eight near neighboring points, and
weighting functions of 1/ D4 or inverse scaled distance give almost the same accuracy
and they are better than the other options. Two stage gridding algorithm, eight near
neighboring points, and inverse scaled distance weighting function are the options
used in the contouring process.
Figure 5.14 shows the contour map for the scaled strain energy density. The
scaled strain energy density contour levels are 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.00, 5, 10, 50,
100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10,000. The contour levels has been chosen after examination
of the range of the scaled strain energy density data files and trying some contouring
with different levels. Figure 5.14 reflects the symmetry around the blasthole within
a radius of about half the burden as the displacement and stress fields have shown
before. However, the fractured zone inside contour 1 is very large compared to the
region defined by the dotted lines in Figure 5.8.
I. ,
!i
4
E W ! 3l .).. 2
1
°_6 -5
Figure 5.14
~5
//~o,
-2 -1 X-COORDINATE. m
Contour map for the scaled strain energy density around the blasthole when radial cracks are not considered.
3
..... 0) 0)
167
5.3 Modeling the Blasthole with Radial Cracks
In routine field bench blasting, a blast includes many blastholes. The drilling
pattern of these blast holes may be squared, rectangular, or staggered. The detona
tion sequence may be in series, one hole after the other; every other hole in a row; or
in a V-shape manner. Delay time between holes in a row or between rows can be
different. No matter what drilling pattern or detonation sequence is adopted, the
free face( s) left for the subsequent blasthole or subsequent blast is affected by the
previous blast. These effects include crushed zone and radial cracks formed around
the previously blasted holes; changes in the strength and the stiffness of the rock
due to the loading from the previously blasted holes especially in regions close to
their locations. The different drilling and/or detonation sequence will cause differ
ence in the shape of the left free face(s), the extent and location of the damaged
zones, and orientation of the radial cracks with respect to the blasthole which is
about to detonate.
In the detonation process, the stress wave pulse precedes the full action of
the gases. Hence, the stress wave pulse generates the radial cracks around the
blasthole, arrives at the free face, and reflects back into the rock within the early
few milliseconds of the blasting process. Explosion gases act for longer time (tens
of milliseconds). The stress wave rock preconditioning enhances the gas capability
of breaking rocks ( Kutter and Fairhurst, 1971; Lang and Favreau, 1972; Hagan,
1979, 1983).
Radial cracks are important because they generate high stress concentrations
at their tips and reduce the stiffness along their sides. This stiffness change can
modify the displacement and stress fields significantly. The radial cracks at the
free face and around the detonating blasthole due to the earlier propagation of the
stress wave are considered in the present study. The effect of stress wave reflection
at the free face, and the changes in the material properties are not included in the
current study. This does not imply that they are negligible. Their effect needs to
be considered in any future continuation of the research.
---_ .. _ ....... _ ... -•....
168
Siskind and F'umanti (1974) carried out an extensive study of the damage
zones in Lithonia granite due to production blasting. The explosive used was ANFO
loaded in 16.25 em (61/2 inch) diameter blastholes. They tested granite cores taken
more or less normal to the axis of the blasthole to measure blast-induced damages.
They used laboratory .techniques to study the variation of porosity, permeability,
Brazilian tensile strength, axial compressive strength, Young's modulus, acoustic
sounding and core fracture logging with distance from the center of the blasthole.
Their results indicated that there are two zones of damage. Severe damage extends
to about 4 times the blasthole diameter. Less damage extends to about 7 blasthole
diameters. They gave a good summary of other measurements of the extent of
damage zones for some rock-explosive combinations. Extent of damage zone in
terms of charge diameter for some combinations are 9 - 10 for granite-C4 ; 21 - 27.5
for shale-60 percent dynamite; 7.5 - 11 for shale-ANFO; 10 - 15 for tuffaceous and
pyroclastic-60 percent dynamite; for soft rock 13 - 14.5, and in hard rock 10 - 11.5
(explosive is not reported).
From the above summary, the damage zone is larger for stronger explosive
in the same rock (in case of shale, using 60 percent dynamite produced damage 2
- 3 times the damage caused by ANFO). Hence, for Lithonia granite-semigelatine,
the extent of damage is supposed to be larger than 7 times the blasthole diameter
produced by Lithonia granite-ANFO. The damage limit in the back of the blasthole
is more or less associated with the extent of the widely spaced radial cracks. So
it can be considered the upper limit of radial crack extension. Another point is
that the explosive gas energy extends the radial cracks formed by the precursor
wave energy. This means that the length of the radial cracks to be used in the
quasi-static finite element analysis should be less than the extent of the damage
zone. In their theoretical analysis, Kutter and Fairhurst (1971) estimate the length
of radial cracks to be three times the hole diameter if no extension takes place due
to the reflected waves, 4 - 5.5 times the blasthole diameter if extension takes place.
They used the hole diameter and the crushed zone cavity as synonyms because
they assume that the crushed zone thickness is negligible. Using the crushed zone
diameter (28.4 cm for Lithonia granit-semigelatine), the crack length would be
---- . -_ ..... _ .. -...
169
8.5 times the blasthole diameter if extension due to reflected waves is ignored. If
extension due to wave reflection is considered, the crack length would be 11.3 - 12.7
times the blasthole diameter. The length of the radial cracks for the current study
is estimated to be 0.8 m (8 times the blasthole diameter and 2.82 times the crushed
zone diameter).
In the zone of widely spaced radial cracks, the number of radial cracks ranges
from 4 to 12. The number of these radial cracks from shock wave tests in a granite
disc is eight (Kutter and Fairhurst, 1971). So, the number of radial cracks in
Lithonia granite is assumed to be eight. It is understood that using this number
of radial cracks and/or their length may not be accurate. Ideally they should
be measured from field tests. However, they are considered to be in the correct
range. If field test data is available, the measured parameters for rock, explosive,
fractured zone boundary, length of radial cracks, number of radial cracks, fragment
size distribution can be used for the input parameters and for calibration of the
results of the model.
5.3.1 Non-pressurized Radial Cracks
Figure 5.15 shows the mesh used for modeling the blast hole when radial
cracks are included around the blasthole and at the free face. Crack tips are at the
tips of the heads of the arrows. To get better computation accuracy, Cook (1981,
p. 216) recommends that the length of the quarter point eight noded isoparametric
elements, along the crack surface, be less than roughly 0.3 times the crack length.
The length of the quarter point elements along the crack has been made much less
than 0.3 times the crack length. At each crack tip, four quarter point elements are
used to take care of the stress singularities at the crack tip. The circular boundaries
at the detonating blasthole and at the free face are taken at the boundaries of the
crushed zone at each blasthole location. The mesh is composed of 386 elements,
mostly eight noded isoparametric elements. A small number of transition elements
are used for transitions from smaller to larger size elements. Those transition ele
ments are five, six, or seven noded isoparametric elements. The mesh is composed
of a total of 1334 nodes.
I • ~, •. ~ " ... ~ .•.• _~ ___ ,_~_ •• ,,_ •
o .;
o C
e~ rzf ~ Zo - . Q'" £l: o 8 IC!
)401
C! -o o
-
-
-
-
-
, , -1.0 -1.0 -4.0
~~ ........... ~,
f"'oo.
~/~ ~ k-
~~
~ ~\ ~ t:: f"'oo.
I
\ J \
1j~ ~ I :;.. 1'0 I"'
- II J ~ J"l"-ll W"'I""lrrI , , I I
-3.0 -2.0 -1.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 :1.0 X-COORDINATE, m
Figure 5.15 Mesh used for modeling the blasthole with radial cracks at the blasthole and at the free face. The arrow heads represent the tips of the cracks.
.... -.,J o
171
The circular boundary of the crushed zone around the detonating blasthole
is loaded with an internal pressure equal to 50% of the detonating pressure. The
radial cracks are left unloaded. The free face is traction free. Displacements in the
Y -direction along the symmetry plane (Y = 0.0) are prevented except along the
surfaces of the cracks. The left (X = -6.0 m) and top (Y = 6.0 m) boundaries are
fixed except at the crack surface at the top where displacements are allowed in the
X-direction.
Figure 5.16 shows the displacement field. The maximum displacement in the
field is 4.28 X 10-2 m. Displacements toward and at the free face are much larger
than those in the back or at the side of the detonating blasthole. Figure 5.17 shows
the displacement field within some selected windows. These windows are defined
by the dashed lines in Figure 5.16. The dotted lines in Figure 5.17 represent the
radial cracks. It can be seen from Figure 5.17 that the radial cracks cause large
changes in the displacement field in terms of magnitude and direction. Most cracks
show unsymmetric displacements around their axes. The displacements are much
larger compared with those when radial cracks are not considered.
Comparing Figure 5.17 to Figure 5.11, we observe the following changes in
the displacements. In window A, the maximum displacement is increased from
3.4 7 x 10-4 m to 3.24 x 10-3 m, in window B from 1.36 x 10-3 m to 1.05 x 10-2
m, in window C increased from 1.97 x 10-3 m to 1.87 x 10-2 m, and in window D
increased from 1.5 x 10-2 m to 4.28 x 10-2 m. The increase in displacements close
to the blasthole is about 300%. At the free face the increase is more than 900%.
Figure 5.18 shows the stress field around the blasthole. The stress field
within some selected windows is shown in Figure 5.19. In Figure 5.18, we can see
some disturbance in the directions of the principal stresses at the free face and
some locations in which the state of stress is compressive. The picture is clearer
in Figure 5.19. Stress concentrations can be seen at the crack tips. Radial cracks
are represented by the dotted lines. Around the detonating blasthole and within a
region extending roughly to half the length of the radial cracks, the stress state is
almost uniaxial compression. Beyond this region, the tensile components begin to
appear. Along the free face, there are several locations where biaxial tension can
---_.-.. .. . -.. "' _ ...... _- -,-.. - .... ~ .......... -- ., .... -.~-. _.--- .. , ..
t ,. : A ~ : ..-... '/4'
t t ,. tl- t .... .. : .. " t .. .. L.,.. ___ -.,. __
.. t t .. .. ..
* .. -# ., t .. .. ~
., • ~
t .. .. -# ., ",
",
t .. • of ./ ",
.. 6-...
~ .. • ott
-t. <tr .. ... ....
II • 4.20*10-e METERS
Figure 5.16 Displacement field around a blasthole when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered. ..... ~ ~
173
• •
J I I
/
3.24.10-1 METERS
Figure 5.17
(a) Displacement field within some selected windows when nonpressurized radial crades are considered. (a) Window A. (b) V\Tindow B. (c) V\Tindow C. (d) Window D.
-- --- . . . .. - .,.-"'- .-,-... _------_.-- .. __ . -_ ... _._-_. __ ..... -.-
1.05-10 -I METERS
Continued Figure 5.17 ...
(b)
174
175
(c)
Figure 5.17 ... Continued
\. \
\ \ \
-+
• 41-
...
\ \ \ \
\
; ;-
1Il-
; ;
; ;
~
176
-"'C -
1l S .-.... = 0
Cf.) 0 ~ ~
~ I'-.... :s .r,; f
t E'o II ~ t 10 t t .... • CO
t N • ~
... ... .. .. ...... " ~ ~ ~ ~ ... ... ........ .- - --- -----......... ~B,-r . .... .. . .. ~ .. ~ .. .. ........ ... .. .. ... ... .. .. .. ~ ~
" " " ~ ~~~ ............ -. ~ ~ , ~ ~ --- ~ ~
I I I I ~"', ...... ~ I---.----~----.----. :'0 ~~ .".. : ,~ 11 ,.
I I I I I I I :, __ _~_1I : • • :. _____ =-_-.:=-_--=-_.:.1. --- - - ---- - - -- -
1.44-10' 2.07-10' PASCAL ••
Figure 5.18 Stress field around a bla.c;thole when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered. .... --l --l
I I f f
I
I +
f f f
t +
(a)
....
I
• III
• • , I ,
Figure 5.19 Stress field within some selected windows when non-~ressurized radial cracks are considered. (a) Window A. (b) 'Vindow B. (c) Window C. (d) Window D.
178
179
+ + + ......
(b)
Figure 5.19 ... Continued
-- -- .... _.-.-..... ' .. -"- .. - .. --.--.- ..... ~."-.-.. ----. - ..
\
\ ,
\
• I I I
, • , I
.. .-.. M , .. ~
.. • 4- t ,. .. ... <&
..
..
. ... . \ ..... v.,.,.;. '" 1\'
\ f~_ ' ... I
" 'II •......... 1\' \ \ I , ,......... ...~ 1\'
\ ' \\,. ~.~ .. ~ "\ \~\ \.-. I \~ ~/'
\ \ \ 1 \ \ + ...! .... ~~ 1, ... 1 T (.lit. ..... J ,;r.---A'
IJ .. , \) 4." -
(c)
Figure 5.19 ... Continued
180
181
.. . •
• • • • •
, , ,
• • • -.
"t:I -.:I
t3 til
I
, • • • • ,
• • , , • • ... • • -. ~ • • • • • • • • •
a: "t:I • CI.l c E .... .-• ~
"- = 0 e 0 • N
C') ~
~
-C ~ ti: ....
~ • • ~ .. • • .. ....
182
be seen. The cracks close to the symmetry plane display biaxial tension at their
tips, while those away from the symmetry plane display biaxial compression at their
tips. This suggests that crack extension is easier in the first case than in the second
case. The stresses at the mouths of the cracks have much smaller magnitude and
their sense ranges from uniaxial to biaxial tension. Comparing Figure 5.19 with
Figure 5.13, it can be observed from the scales that stress magnitudes close to the
blasthole are increased by a small percentage while in the windows close to the free
face the stress has been increased up to 16 and 18 fold.
Figure 5.20 shows the scaled strain energy density contour map. Contour
level 1 has expanded around the detonating blasthole to cover most of the mesh
(twice the burden to the back and sides of the blasthole). At the free face, small re
gions close to the mouth of the cracks (previously detonated blast holes ) are bounded
by contour level!. In front of the tips of the cracks, the contour levels are very
high. This causes very high gradients of the scaled strain energy density. Com
paring Figure 5.20 with Figure 5.14 shows that the presence of radial cracks has
drastically expanded the areas enclosed inside the strain energy density contours
of all levels. In front of the blasthole, the contours of high levels (100, 500, and
1000) show more elongation toward the free face (i.e. more fracturing potential).
Intermediate contour levels (500 level) cover more area near the free face and run
almost parallel to the free face at a distance from the free face roughly half the
burden . The levels of the scaled strain energy density contours have increased 20
to 100 fold. The least increase occurs in the back and at the sides of the detonating
blasthole and the largest increase develops close to the crack tips and in front of
the detonating blasthole.
5.3.2 Radial Cracks with Uniform Pressure Distribution
The mesh of Figure 5.15 and the same boundary conditions for non
pressurized radial cracks are used here. The only difference is that the radial cracks
are subjected to a uniform pressure distribution equal to the pressure applied to the
boundary of the crushed zone. Consistent loads are calculated and applied to the
nodal points on both surfaces of each pressurized radial crack. Figure 5.21 shows
E w ~ z o a::: a a u I
>-
1
°_6
o ~
-5
Figure 5.20
-2 -1 X-COORDINATE, m
Contour map for the scaled strain energy density around the blasthole when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered.
.... 00 C.:I
:A 4-t .. : ...
I ..
t t .. .. 1 .... .. : ., 4 .. .. ., L+ __ --tl--.. ./ t .. .. ., ., _L ___ L __
~ B ./ *
., ., r., ., I I
t .. .- ., .., I ., ~ .. • .. ./ -i' ." ,,;'
.. .. • of ~ ~ .. ... ~ I~ /" .. .. , * 4 '\ .. " ..
-It .. ~
oil ... II III
2.81-10-1 METERS
Figure 5.21 Displacement field around a blasthole when unifonnly pressurized radial cracks are considered. .... 00 tJ:>..
185
the displacement field. The displacement fields within selected windows are shown
in Figure 5.22. Figures 5.21 and 5.22 are compared with Figure 5.16 and Figure
5.17 to see the changes in the displacement field due to the uniform pressurization
of the radial cracks. Looking at the directions of the displacements, no significant
change can be seen outside the zone of radius extending to the tips of the cracks.
The displacement directions inside this zone change significantly. In Figure 5.22
(d), the displacements along the surfaces of the cracks show more diversion from
the directions of the cracks. This diversion favors increasing the openings of the
radial cracks. Compare displacements in figure 5.22 (d) to those in Figure 5.17 (d).
At the free face in window A the maximum displacement has increased from
3.24 X 10-3 m to 3.08 x 10-2 m, in window B increased from 1.05 x 10-2 m to
1.00 x 10-1 m, in window C increased from 1.87 x 10-2 m to 1.78 X 10-1 m, in
window D increased from 4.28 x 10-2 m to 2.81 x 10-1 m. Close to the detonating
blasthole, the displacements increase seven times by the uniform pressurization of
the cracks. Close to the free face, the displacements increase roughly 10 times.
Figure 5.23 shows the stress field. The stress fields in some windows are
shown in Figure 5.24. A region of biaxial compressive stress forms around the det
onating blasthole. This region extends out up to the tips of the cracks. Outside
this region, the sense or general distribution of the stresses does not change signifi
cantly. The stresses increase. Comparison between Figure 5.24 and Figure 5.19 (for
non-pressurized cracks) shows these increases. In window A, the maximum stress
has increased from 1.16 X 108 to 1.10 X 109 pascal, in window B from 1.02 x 108 to
9.72 X 108 pascal, in window C from 3.80 x 108 to 3.61 X 109 pascal, and in window
D it has increased from 1.44 x 109 to 9.65 X 109 pascal. Close to the detonating
blasthole stresses increase about seven times and close to the free face the stresses
increase about ten times due to the uniform pressurization of the radial cracks.
Figure 5.25 shows the contour map for the scaled strain energy density. Com
paring Figure 5.25 with Figure 5.20 (for non-pressurized cracks), the general shape
of the contours is similar except at the free face where the contours are pushed closer
to the face when the cracks are pressurized. The contour levels have increased by
about 100 times their values in Figure 5.20. Compare contour levels of 50000,5000,
186
•
.t J
I I
/ /
(a)
Figure 5.22 Displacement field within some selected windows when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered. (a) Window A. (b) Window B. (c) Window C. (d) Window D.
-- -- .... _ .. - .... ,- "'- .-, ,,~-~ --........ -". ... --.~-. ,", -.p. - ._" ._- -.--- ..•
1.00·10 -I METERS
Continued Figure 5.22 ...
187
(b)
188
(c)
Figure 5.22 ... Continued
189
-. "'0 -
"'0 ~
E ~ en 8 a::: · I:r:I · · ~
C':I ::a ~ ; ...
#' lQ
~ ~
;
- ~
; Ie
... ;-
.... ; I • i- ....
; t CQ N
... ... ... .. .. .. .. ..
~ ~ .. .. ... ... ... .. .. .. ... ----------, ... .. .. ... ~B''t ... ...
~ .,. ~ ... .. ... ... .. .. .. .. .. ... ... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ~ ~ ~ ..
~ ~ .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. , , ,
'" .- • • II .. ~
I I I ~ , , , I I I I I I •
• • 9.65·10' 2.07·10' PASCAL
~
Figure 5.23 Stress field around a blasthole when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered. co 0
I I f
f I / +
f f f
1
• III
• • , I
191
Figure 5.24 Stress field within some selected windows when uniformlr pressurized radial cracks are considered. (a) \Vindow A. (b) Window B. (c) Window C. (d) Window D.
----, ..
192
+ + + .....
x
(b)
Figure 5.24 ... Continued
__ . ___ ~ ... " ~._._r'- ., .......... '_ ... - ... >C •• _-- __ • __ •••• __ ..... - .. --.--,----- ....... .
193
\ , , . I ,
• • • I
(c)
Figure 5.24 ... Continued
-- --- , " '-"-'"
194
• • II lit lit JJr + +
Jr .r
-- - -, 1-.,.
-"'0 -
'" - " .-" • ~
'" )( + " 7-
• • • ..,.
.(
E w I-« Z 3 0 0::: 0 0 0 I
>- 2r-
1 •
°_6
Figure 5.25
8 ~
~ (
j/ // ~S~J 8 ~ /" ~p ...
/ ~~ I
/
~Soooo I I /
g C5 & !:>() 0 0 ,g ~~
0 It) ...
~ I I I ,
-5 -2 -t o t 2 X-COORDINATE. m
Contour map for the scaled strain energy density around the blastholc when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered.
..... co CIt
196
and 100 in Figure 5.25 to the contour levels of 500, 50, and 1 in Figure 5.20. Each
almost covers the same area as the corresponding contour. Contour level 1 in Figure
5.25 is completely displaced out of the map area and contour level 5 almost covers
the whole map.
5.3.3 Radial Cracks with Linear Pressure Distribution
The mesh of Figure 5.15 and the same boundary conditions of the non
pressurized radial cracks are used here. The difference is that the radial cracks
around the detonating blasthole are loaded with a linear pressure distribution. At
the mouth of the radial crack, the pressure is equal to the pressure applied at the
boundary of the crushed zone. At the tip of the crack the pressure is zero. Consistent
loads are calculated and applied to the nodal points. The internnl pressure applied
to the boundary of the crushed zone is equal to 50% of the detonation pressure.
Figure 5.26 shows the displacement field produced by the linearly pressur
ized radial cracks. The displacement fields in selected windows are shown in Figure
5.27. Comparing Figure 5.26 and Figure 5.27 to Figure 5.21 and Figure 5.22 (for
the uniformly pressurized radial cracks) shows that the general directions of the
displacements are similar. One exception is that the displacements diverge rela
tively more from each other at the surfaces of the radial cracks extending from the
detonating blasthole toward the free face. This favors more opening up of these
cracks. The displacements are smaller when the radial cracks are linearly pressur
ized than when they are uniformly pressurized. In window A, for example, the
maximum displacement for linear pressurization is 1.64 x 10-2 m w~le for uniform
pressurization it is 3.08 X 10-2 m. The decrease in the maximum displacements,
due to changing the pressurization of the radial cracks from uniform to linear, in
the other windows is from 1.00 x 10-1 m to 4.74 x 10-2 m in window Bj from
1. 78 x 10-1 m to 8.05 x 10-2 m in window Cj from 2.81 x 10-1 m to 1.63 x 10-1
m in window D. In percentage, close to the detonating blasthole (window D) the
maximum displacement is decreased to 58%. At the free face the decrease is to 45%
in window C, 47% in window B, and 53% in window A.
• "k .. :A ... · ..
"\ .. .. .. t .... • : ., ~ .. • .. '-..,.---~--.. -I
"\ .. .. .. ., .L ___ "'- __ ~B ./ .. ., ., t' I
./ • • .. • 4- ., ./ • I j!
"\ .. ... ., ./ .,f /
"\ .. ... " + .; .. " :J. l- I /
\. -t. .. '" ..
... • ... 41 ....
• .. • 1.83-10-1 METERS
Figure 5.26 Displacement field around a blasthole when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered.
.... to -.J
198
.. • .. " ... .. ~
./1-1 4
4 ., 4 ./ I
.t
J I I
/ /
METERS
(a)
Figure 5.27 Displacement field within some selected windows when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered. (a) Window A. (b) vVindow B. (c) \\Tindow C. (d) Window D.
--_. --'" ... '- .. -.... . .•.. - .............•. " .. -.~.-- --_ ...... __ .... _-_ .....• ----- ._---. ....• ._.-
Continued Figure 5.27 ...
(b)
199
200
of -+ _
(c)
Figure 5.27 ... Continued
-- . --' ... '~"- ........... -... ---... _- , .. ---,---.--.---- --_.. -".'-.. _.-_..... ..-
201
-"'0 -
"E E .-... c:
fg 8 fI:I . . ~ r--
... ::I! ~
lci
; ;
a ;-,; ; - t.i:
;-'0 I ... ; • 6-
'" ; cq ; ....
202
The general stress field is shown in Figure 5.28. The stress fields in the
windows are shown in Figure 5.29. Comparing Figures 5.28 and 5.29 to Figures
5.23 and 5.24 (for the uniformly pressurized radial cracks), two main differences
can be observed. The area in which tensile stresses are absent is large in Figure
5.28 (linear pressurization). In case of linear crack pressurization, the zone of biaxial
compressive stresses around the detonating blasthole is reduced by about 10%. The
maximum stresses decrease when radial cracks are linearly pressurized compared
to the uniform pressurization. In window A, the maximum stress decreases from
1.10 x 109 to 5.95 X 108 pascal; in window B from 9.72 x 108 to 4.73 X 108 pascal;
in window C from 3.61 X 109 to 1.71 X 109 pascal; in window D from 9.65 x 109 to
4.45 X 109 pascal. On average, linear pressurization of the radial cracks produces
about 50% of the stress levels produced by uniformly pressurized radial cracks.
Figure 5.30 shows the scaled strain energy density contour map. The general
shape of the contours is similar to that of the contours in Figure 5.25 for the
uniformly pressurized radial cracks. While contour levels 100 and less cover almost
the same area as in uniform pressurization, the higher contour levels show gradual
decrease in their levels as one moves toward the free face. For example, in Figure
5.30, contour level 500 corresponds to contour level 1000 and contour level 1000
roughly corresponds to contour level 5000 in Figure 5.25. This shows that linear
pressurization has less capability to fracture rocks than the uniform pressurization.
The energy input in the system is more when the radial cracks are pressurized
uniformly or linearly. This partially causes the dramatic increases in displacement,
stress, and strain energy magnitudes compared to the system of the non-pressurized
radial cracks. There is uncertainty about crack pressurization timing and extent.
Also there is uncertainty about the rate of gas penetration into the cracks. If gas
penetration takes place shortly after the detonation front passes by and before the
charge column is completely detonated, the increase in the energy input to the
pressurized crack system can be accepted. This is because the energy supply to the
system comes from the continues contribution from the detonating explosive. On
the other hand, if gas penetration into the cracks takes place later in the breakage
process after the charge column is completely detonated, the energy input to the
I
I'A I I I
I, • I
• I' I I .. .. .. .. !-._ .........
r .. .. ... .. .. .. .. ... ............ :-e--:r---... .. ... ... :--1 r ~ ~ ~
... .... .. ... ... .. ... ... ... .. .. .. .. .. .,. -.. ... --r r ~ ~ , .,- .,. .". .. • • .. .. ... , , .,. .,. • • • • • ~
I I I I , , # • Ir + ... Y._1l •
I I I , I -• • •
4.45-10' 2.07-10· PASCAL
Figure 5.28 Stress field around a blasthole when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered. ~ 0 Col
I f f f I I +
f f
(a)
....
• • • I
• , I
Figure 5.29 Stress field within some selected windows when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered. (a) Window A. (b) Window B. (c) Window C. (d) Window D.
,."- '.- .. -- .. - ... :.-.,. ..... ~----- ..... -.... -- .. -"'-- _.-.- .-... -
204
205
-, ~ \ I
X % \ , . , 2.07-10' PASCAL
(b)
Figure 5.29 ... Continued
\
\ \ \ \ \
\
\
,
, • • I ,
• • , I
.. .. . ., ~ . . ~ ... t ... t .... ... " • "Ill f + ..
\ ........ v..,."." 1\'
\ I~ ... ' .. 1 \ ........ I II •.......... : ., 1 \ ... \\ ,... ...... ... 1\'"
\ \ ~ '\\\\ \ "," I ~ ... :,\~",,, ~/\ ~ \ 11'\ ,+ ....! . "{f:~ ~~ I
(.lit" .... ,J~ I J .. , \'). .. II •
(c) Figure 5.29 ... Continued
,,,"- .~ .. - ..... - .. -:-;.. .. ----~ .. - .... '.. - .-.. _- .------.. ' .. -
206
207 .
~ Q)
E .-.. c
%)( 8
%X C7) CN
X % ~
It:i
" l!:l 6'0 ,..
"'" "+ )( iZ
• " +
0 ... • 10
• " " • •
6 I ,
0 0 ....
~ Ctj
I / / / 4
E w .-«
~ 3[ & "
/ II t:;:,OQO~
/ \ >- 2
8 .... 8 Ctj
1
°_6 -5 -4 -2 -1
X-COORDINATE, m
Figure 5.30 Contour map for the scaled strain energy density around the blast hole when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered.
~ o 00
209
pressurized or non-pressurized cracks' system would be the same. In this later
case, crack pressurization should be associated with decrease in the gas pressure
within the cavity and the cracks to satisfy the constant energy input condition.
Development of measurement techniques to provide this information can bring more
solid understanding of the real timing and extent of crack pressurization.
5.4 Blasthole Equivalent Cavity and Radial Cracks
The equivalent cavity is a circular cavity of diameter equal to or greater than
the nominal blasthole diameter. It is introduced to simplify modeling of the blast
hole. It is assumed that if the internal gas pressure is applied along the boundary of
the equivalent cavity, the stress field produced outside the cavity is approximately
the same as the stress field produced by including the details of the complex non
linear nonelastic behaviour of the zone close to the nominal blast hole boundary. It
has been shown in the beginning of this chapter that there is some ambiguity in
the use of the equivalent cavity to model bench blasting. Some researchers use the
nominal blasthole, ignoring the existence of the nonlinear zone. Others use a cavity
diameter equal to the crushed zone diameter, equal to the diameter of the zone of
the radial cracks, or some diameter in between these two.
Kutter (1967) proved that the boundary of pressurized radial cracks can be
replaced by an equivalent cavity of boundary equal to the boundary of the tips of
the radial cracks. His mathematical solution is for infinite plate and plane strain
conditions. Representation of radial cracks in the mesh for finite element analysis
complicates the mesh and node numbering. In addition, it increases the demand
for storage memory and for computation time because of the greater number of
elements and larger band width required.
In this section, the validity is investigated of using an equivalent cavity equal
to the boundary of the tips of the radial cracks in modeling bench blasting. In the
mesh of Figure 5.15, the elements around the blasthole up to the tips of the radial
cracks are removed. An internal pressure of magnitude equal to that applied at the
boundary of the crushed zone is applied to the new boundary. Figure 5.31 shows
o .;
o ~
e~ rai ~ Zo - . Q'" 0: o o tJ It:!
)oIW
t:! -o o
-
-
-
-
-
I , , -e.o -1.0 -4.0
~~ "- ..) ~\
f""oo. r-
~~ -,~~ ~ ~
~~ ~ f""oo. r-
\ 1 I
~ ~ ~ I ~
~11 ~ ~
n T 1 ~ , I • I
-3.0 -2.0 -1.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 X-COORDINATE. m
Figure 5.31 Mesh used to model the blasthole using equivalent cavity equal to the zone of radial cracks. t-.) J-A o
211
the mesh after the removal of the zone of radial cracks. The mesh is left with 326
elements and 1114 nodal points.
The general displacement field is shown in Figure 5.32 and the displacement
fields within the selected windows are shown in Figure 5.33. Comparison between
the displacement fields produced by the e~uivalent cavity and the uniformly pres
surized crack condition is possible now. Figures 5.32 and 5.33 show displacement
directions similar to those in Figures 5.21 and 5.22. The displacements produced by
the equivalent cavity are much smaller than those produced by including the pres
surized radial cracks. In window A, the maximum displacement is reduced from
3.08 x 10-2 m to 9.78 X 10-3 m when radial cracks are replaced by an equivalent
cavity. In window B, the maximum displacement is reduced from 1.00 x 10-1 m to
3.23 x 10-2 mj in window C, it is reduced from 1.78 x 10-1 m to 5.75 x 10-2 mj in
window D, it is reduced from 2.81 x 10-1 m to 6.52 x 10-2 m. On the average, the
displacements are reduced to one third their magnitudes close to the free face and
to one fourth their magnitudes close to the detonating blasthole.
Figure 5.34 shows the general stress field and Figure 5.35 shows the stress
fields within the selected windows. Comparing Figures 5.34 and 5.35 to Figures
5.23 and 5.24 (for uniformly pressurized radial cracks), we can see similar stress
fields outside the equivalent cavity in both cases from the point of view of type and
direction. However, the stress magnitudes are reduced drastically by replacing the
radial cracks by an equivalent cavity. In window A, the maximum stress is reduced
from 1.10 x 109 to 3.49 X 108 pascal, in window B from 9.72 x 108 to 3.14 X 108
pascal, in window C from 3.61 x 109 to 1.17 X 109 pascal, and in window D from
9.65 x 109 to 9.69 X 108 pascal. Roughly speaking, the stresses close to the the
equivalent cavity are decreased to one tenth their magnitudes and the stresses close
to the free face are decreased to one third their magnitudes when radial cracks are
replaced by the equivalent cavity. . Figure 5.36 shows the contour map for the scaled strain energy density. Com-
paring Figure 5.36 with Figure 5.25 where the pressurized radial cracks are consid
ered, we observe that the general s3ape of the contours is similar. The contour
:A .. t .. : ...
• • t t .. .. ~., of. .. : .,1 .. .. ., L~---4--
--./
t .. .. -I ., ,L ___ .L __ ., ., ~B J' ..
/ . .1
* • ., '" I'
.f.
t ... ., ~ / .." .I .. .. .. 11 ..
"" \---... .. "-.. 'i ~ ... • ~ .. .....
6.52-10-· METERS
Figure 5.32 Displacement field around a blasthole when the zone of radial cracks is replaced by an equivalent cavity.
t-) -t-)
213
• ;#
.t J
I I
/ / 1 / I / / I
/ ~ (a)
Figure 5.33 Displacement field within some selected windows when the zone of radial cracks is replaced by an equivalent cavity. (a) Window A. (b) Window B. {c) Window C. (d) Window D.
Continued Figure 5.33 ...
(b)
214
215
+- .....
.. +
+
(c)
Figure 5.33 ... Continued
-- --- ... _ .. -...
216
......
"'0 ~ Q)
E ~ .-..... = ~ 0 ... ~
0
:I M M .... ~ ad ,.. ,t • ~ Ie ='
" I 1 be ... ~ • N
I' t aq cc
•• •• • __ .... 4 •• __ ._.. •• __ . - ~-.~ .... -- -'---".
... ... ... .. ............
~ -- .. ... ... ... ... ............ ... -_ ... ... ... ... ...
~ .. -- .. .. .. ... ... lit lit ... .. .. - .. .
~ .... ~ ~ ~ tI' ~ , ~ _ 8 • + + ~ • •
, # • Iir Jr ~ ~
I I I , , . I I I , • .. "I-
I I I • +
1.17-10' 2.07-10' PASCAL
Figure 5.34 Stress field around a blasthole when the zone of radial cracks is replaced by an equivalent cavity. '" ~ -.J
I I f
I
I
/ +
f f f
(a)
I
• • • • , I ,
218
Figure 5.35 Stress field within some selected windows when the zone of radial cracks is replaced by an equivalent cavitr. (aj Window A. (b) Window B. (c) Windo'v C. (d) Window D.
__ •• __ ••••• _ ••• _ •••• ., •••••• - ...... , .' 0" _ ...... ..
219
+ + + .....
x
(b) Figure 5.35 ... Continued
--' -_ .. " .... _ .. -....... , .. ,,- ..... " .' '" ." ... ,
\
\
\ \
\ \ \
\ ,
\ ,
\
, . I I
• • • I .. • " .- ...
+. ... . . '" -.. . ",'" ~ .. . ... ' ... " t .\
~.,..".-. 1\' f~ , I
\ \ ...... I II ~'.~ .... ," I \ , \\ ,'.... ..... \'
\ \\.. "'~ .. ~ .. ~ 1
\ \~\ \... I 'i~ .,.1\ \ \ \ 1 \ \ + ....' .... "ft. ~ I ...... J r (Ill" .... J ,;r.~.
/J -- ,... q.. , \)
1.17-10' 2.07-10' PASCAL
(c) Figure 5.35 ... Continued
--- -~" ..... _-.. - .... --. -,,_.- '. " . - - ,_." - ..- - - ---- ... ..-
220
221
-"'C -...:I tj til a: • ""0 e r.I ... S • S
.-... §
N 0 . ~ CO? .Q
2:l ~
ti:
E w I-« z o .;Jr" ~ ~ 0 0 U I
>- 2
1
°_6
Figure 5.36
o fJ 8 It)
-5 -4 -3 -2 -t o X -COORDINATE, m
Contour map for the scaled strain energy density around the blasthole when the zone of radial cracks is replaced by an equivalent cavity. l\:)
t-.:I t-.:I
223
levels are reduced to one tenth of their magnitudes throughout the map when the
radial cracks are replaced by an equivalent cavity.
From the displacement fields, stress fields, and the scaled strain energy den
sity distributions, we can conclude that the use of an equivalent cavity to replace the
zone of the widely spaced radial cracks in modeling the blasthole in bench blasting,
is incorrect. Close boundaries and radial cracks at the free face from the previous
blasts are the main reasons for the large differences between using an equivalent
cavity and maintaining the radial cracks.
Some important points can be made from the analyses of the blasthole mod
els. At the free face, the regions around the previously detonated blastholes are
characterized by uniaxial and biaxial tensile stresses. These regions extend into the
burden rock to a depth roughly equal to the length of the radial cracks. Because
the tensile strength of rocks is much smaller than their compressive strength, a
significant amount of the burden rock can be fractured at the free face. Keeping in
mind that these regions already have a significant number of radial cracks and have
been weakened from previous blast loading, they will produce good (fine) fragmen
tation. Hence, the locations where fine fragmentation is produced are those around
the detonating blasthole, around the previously blasted holes, and close to the sym
metry plane. Around the crack tips of the cracks radiating from the previously
blasted holes at the free face, the stresses are high (higher than the compressive
strength). Hence, these cracks propagate inward toward the detonating blasthole.
This is true even in the case when radial cracks at the detonating blasthole are not
pressurized. The crack tips close to the symmetry plane are surrounded with tensile
stresses while the tips of the cracks far from the symmetry plane are surrounded
with compressive stresses. At a distance of about one burden from the symmetry
plane, some cracks are surrounded with tensile and compressive stresses. Some of
the cracks which are surrounded totally with compressive stresses (e.g. those at dis
tances greater than one burden from the symmetry plane) may not propagate, but
shear failure may take place in their neighborhood. The cracks which are close to
the symmetry plane (within a distance of one burden) may propagate either under
mode I (pure tension) or under mixed mode (under tensile and shear stresses). So,
224
the fracturing process starts at the detonating blasthole and at the free face and
propagates in the two directions to fracture the burden rock.
The initial direction of the crack propagation with respect to its plane is
o degrees if it propagates Under mode I and -70.5 degrees if it propagates under
mode II (under pure shear). If the crack propagates in mixed mode, the direction
of propagation is less than 0 and greater than -70.5 degrees. This direction depends
on the ratio of the stress intensity factors of the two modes (Atkinson, 1987, pp.
90 -94). The final course of the crack is controlled by the general state of stress
ahead of the crack. This final course of the cracks is more or less the direction of
the maximum principal stress.
Around the detonating blasthole, high tensile stresses inclined to the planes
of the cracks can be seen at the sides of the crack tips and at short distances behind
the tips. This can be seen from the stress distributions in window D. These high
tensile stresses are inclined to the crack plane from both sides. This means that
cracks can propaga.te in two directions at or close to their tips. This is referred
to as crack branching. Hence, branching of radial cracks can take place under the
explosion gas pressure and it is not limited to the stress wave action.
Because of the complexity of node numbering, due to the radial cracks, large
band width is unavoidable. This means that a large storage allocation is needed
from the random access memory. The CONVEX mini-super computer has much
larger storage capacity than RVAX computer. Both types of computers are available
at the computer center of the University of Arizona. In addition, CONVEX is much
faster. Without using the vectorization option, the solution is done in one minute.
U sing the vectorization option, the solution takes only 45 seconds.
Some of the radial cracks from previous blasts away from the symmetry
plane show overlap of their sides. This cause inaccuracy of displacement and stress
distributions at their locations. This inaccuracy is limited to less than 10% of
the mesh and does not greatly affect the outcome of the analysis. However, this
problem needs to be solved in any future extension of this analysis to have the
accurate displacement and stress distributions a.t these crack locations.
225
The displacements along the symmetry plane and along the free face are
plotted to see how different models are related to each other. Figure 5.37 shows the
variation of the U-displacement (displacement component normal to the free face)
along the free face with distance from the symmetry plane. The case of uniform
(constant) pressure applied to the radial cracks shows the largest displacements.
The second largest displacements are produced by the linearly pressurized cracks
followed by the displacements produced by the equivalent hole (equivalent cavity).
The smallest displacements are produced by the model with crushed zone diameter
and no radial cracks. The displacement normal to the free face is largest at the
symmetry plane. It decreases rapidly with distance from the symmetry plan up to
a distance of one burden. At distances more than one burden, the rate of decrease
is small.
Figure 5.38 shows the variation of the V-displacement (displacement parallel
to the free face) with distance from the symmetry plane. The sequence of the dis
placements produced by the different models in a descending order is uniformly pres
surized (constant pressure) radial cracks, linearly pressurized radial cracks, equiva
lent cavity, non-pressurized radial cracks, and the least is the no radial cracks. The
displacements show a slight decreases with distance from the symmetry plane up to
one burden where they drop to about 40% of their magnitudes. This drop because
of neighboring hole and the cracks around it from the previous blast. At distances
from the symmetry plane greater than one burden, the V -displacements are al
most constant. At distance of 6 m from the symmetry plane (along the boundary),
eventually the V -displacements are zeros as specified by the imposed boundary
conditions. This can be seen in the figures illustrating the displacement fields.
Figure 5.39 shows the variation of the U-displacement with distance along
the symmetry plane. X -axis is the trace of the symmetry plane. The largest
U-displacements are produced by the uniformly pressurized radial cracks. The
smallest ones are produced by the no radial cracks model. The sequence of the
other models is same as in the case of displacements along the free face. The figure
shows predominant displacements in the direction of the free face rather than toward
the back of the blast hole for all models. The U-displacements along the symmetry
• -..
.. -,;
, , \ \ ,
\ \ \ ,
\ \ \ \ , ,
\ , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , " '\ .,. "\
","'" \,\ " \ . ,
.... " \ "'- ". \ .... ...........' ,,~ -.--------~ '1, • --,
""'" \.. ... ....... .. .. ....... " .----.-..... "'-................. " -- ................ ' .. o .....•••.•.. ~. " °t----------------------------~··~··~·~ .. ~ .. ~ .. ~ .. ~·~ .. ~ .. ~ .. ~ .. ~ .. ~·~ .. ~ .. ~ .. ~ .. ~.~ .. ~~~.~~'~~--.;
., o
;4---------~--------_r--------_r--------_r--------~--------~
226
0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 •• 0 1.0 '.0
Figure 5.37
Y -COORDINATE. m
Variation or the displacement normal to the free !ace with distance from the symmetry plane.
• -.;
.. o
-----e. ------------------. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I _'--'_'_'_'\ \
. , .-----\ ' ____ .. -----._---_.-
--\ ,\._._._._.-
.................................................... \'--....
....................................................
227
T~-------,--------,-------~r-------~~----~~------~ 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 1.0 '.0
Figure 5.38
Y-COORDINATE. m
Variation of the displacement. parallel to the free face with distance from the symmetry plane.
• ~. •
o ". •
~s.~ Zo c""!_ ..:a ~-e. 0
= ti., :. ~. :.0
228
, , , , , I ,
\ .
I , , , I I I" , , . ...... ...
- I -._ • ......
\"-..--./-~--
~ ~ '. '. '. l1l:I 'e ••••••••••••• II .,. II ••••• =0 ~ ~~t------~==~~~==~~~~~~==~~====~ ,,0 --........,;: .. ~ _:.:..:.;,. .............. """""" Z .................. ' '" ' o ....... ," ". ~ ........... ~ <., .. ~ ~~. .. .... i\ ~ I .... ~ :. , . ~o \ \ ..:a~. , e.o en I , - , = I I I =., '.
~. \ I ,
o fIl. o I
• "! ,4------r-.----~.~----~.----~-----~.----~----~------r-----~
.... 0 -1.0 -4.0 -1.0 -1.0 -I.' '.0 1'.0 1.0 i.a
Figure 5.39
X-COORDINATE, m
Variation of the displacement normal to the free face with distance along the symmetry plane.
229
plane show a very hlgh rate of decrease close to the blasthole. This rate decreases
wi th distance from the blasthole.
Figure 5.40 shows the V-displacements along the symmetry plane within
the zone of the radial cracks (Y = 0.0 m and -0.8 m < X < 0.8 m in Figure
5.15). The non-pressurized radial cracks show symmetric V-displacements in the
front and the back of the blasthole. The 'uniformly and linearly pressurized radial
cracks show larger V-displacement in front of the blast hole. It is interesting to see
that the linearly pressurized radial cracks produce larger displacements in front of
the blasthole than the uniformly pressurized radial cracks. This means that the
capability of opening the cracks during the wedging of the gases is higher than
when the crack is completely pressurized. Also the linearly pressurized cracks show
V -displacements in the front of the blasthole roughly twice those to the back of
the hole. This highly favors the extension of the cracks toward the free face. The
uniformly pressurized cracks show less V-displacement at the mouth of the cracks
than most of the surface of the cracks. This shows a bulging along the crack surface.
The maximum U-displacement produced at the free face is 0.15 m (case of
the uniformly pressurized cracks). This is the upper limit of crack pressurization.
This option of uniformly pressurized radial cracks may be rejected because of the
excessive fractured zones shown by the scaled strain energy density contour maps.
The maximum U-displacement at the free face should be closer to the displacement
magnitude of the non-pressurized radial cracks. The maximum U-displacement
produced by the non-pressurized radial cracks at the free face is 0.015 m. Keeping
in mind that the upper limit of the internal pressure (50%Pd) is applied, this is
a good improvement in bringing the blasthole modeling results to a quantitative
type. The upper bound of the applied internal pressure is 3.1717 x 109 N/m2 which
equals about 15 times the static compressive strength of Lithonia granite. Previous
models produce displacements of several meters (Haghighi and Konya, 1985, 1986;
Sunu et al, 1987).
--.. , • ". '--'-- .......~ ••• -.,- .-" - .... "". • ',I - _ .,._. ".
• -.. ~.Vi_~nm~
\
,'" , .... I ..
I \ I \
I \ \ , \
I \ , \ I \ I \ , \
';-'-: ~ ~ : /' '. I '
: /' \, I I I ,
: /' ~ , , , , , , , , . i/ , . if , .
.\ \ \ \ ...... .. .. , , , ,
", '\ '. , , , , " ,
" '\ ~ " , I , . ,
\ \ \ \ . ,
\ \ .
:1 , ,. t' I,
t ", ••••• • ••••• ............ . ..... o ........ . ................ .
\ ,
230
D ",., ••••••
04-----~----~----~----r-----r---~~--~~--~----~----~ 0.1 1.0 0.1 -1.0 -0.1 -0.1 -0.4 -0.1 0.0 0.1 0.4
Figure 5.40
X-COORDINATE, m
Variation of the displacement parallel to the free face with distance along the symmetry plane within the zone of radial cracks,
231
5.5 Effect of the Tensile Strength on the Strain Energy
Around the Blasthole
The critical strain energy criterion employs the tensile strength in calculating
the critical strain energy density. The static tensile strength has been used in
calculating the critical strain energy in the previous sections. It has been seen
from the contour maps of the scaled strain energy density that the areas inside the
contours of level 1 are very large. In the pressurized radial crack models, contour
level 1 has been displaced out of the mesh area by higher contour levels. The a
total modeled area is 12 times (burden? On the assumption that the blast hole is
supposed to fracture an approximate area of (burden)2, the displacement of contour
level 1 out of the mesh means a large overestimation of the fractured area. This
large fractured area is due to the application of the upper bound of the gas pressure,
excessive assumed length of radial cracks, overestimation of the fractured area by
the critical strain energy density, using the static tensile strength instead of the
dynamic tensile strength, or the invalidity of the assumption that radial cracks are
pressurized.
In this section, the effect of the magnitude of the tensile strength on the
scaled strain energy density distribution around the blasthole is considered. The
internal pressure is kept 50% of the detonating pressure (3.1717 x 109 Nlm2 ). The
static tensile strength of Lithonia granite (0.310275 x 107 N 1m2 ) is multiplied by
a factor, n, to increase its magnitude. This factor ranges from 1 to 10. Table 5.1
shows the range of the tensile strength used in calculating the critical strain energy
density. The table also shows the ratios of these tensile strengths to the static
compressive strength.
In this way, we can make broader use of the results. The variation of the
scaled strain energy density with increased tensile strength, explains the variation
of the strain energy due to the absolute increase of tensile strength, the increase
of the ratio of tensile strength to the compressive strength, or the increase of the
tensile strength due to the dynamic loading. Rocks have different tensile strengths,
.
232
tensile strength to compressive strength ratios, and dynamic to static strength ra
tios. Hence, the results of the analysis can find wider applicability to different types
of rocks.
Table 5.1 Range of the Tensile Strength Used to Calculate the Critical Strain Energy Density.
n (utJuc) X 100 n x uc,107JV/r,n2
1 1.5 0.310275
2 3.0 0.620550
3 4.5 0.930825
4 6.0 1.241100
5 7.5 1.551375
6 9.0 1.861650
7 10.5 2.171925
8 12.0 2.482200
9 13.5 2.792475
10 15.0 3.102750
For each magnitude of tensile strength, a contour map for the scaled strain
energy density has been made. Four contour levels have been chosen to study the
variation of their areas with increasing tensile strength. These contour levels are 1,
10, 100, and 1000. The area inside each contour level is measured using a planimeter
and divided by 1/2(burden)2 to normalize the areas. The maximum normalized area
is 12 and corresponds to the total ~orma1ized mesh area.
Figure 5.41 shows the variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain
energy density when radial cracks are not considered. Normalized areas of contour
levels 1, and 10 show a very sharp decrease when the tensile strength is increased
from 1 to 2 times the static tensile strength (about 50% drop). The decrease of the
normalized areas with increase in tensile strength continues at a decreasing rate.
• •
.
. . . ·D.
• D
•••••• -. -1:1:.~;:::: ... ~a
I'.I--IL1£.3t',
'. '. '. '. '. '. lilt ·0 ••••••• '~ ·····D ..... . ......... .
'..... ·D •••••••••••• ~ ___ • 0 •••••••••••••••••••••••••
233
..... _____ a············D I! '_.._ -a--- ___ ... ____ 'Ii
O+-____ -r __ · __ ~4~·~~~·T·==~·~~~·===-=-~-=-=-=-=-~.-~-~-=-~-~.-=-=-~~==~ 1.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 7.0 1.0 '.0
TENSILE STRENGTH (IN TERMS OF STATIC TENSILE' STRENGTH)
Figure 5.41 Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density contours with tensile strength when radial cracks are not considered.
234
Contour levels 100 and 1000 also show high decreasing rate when the tensile strength
is increased from 1 to 2 times the static tensile strength. Then their nonnalized
areas show continuous decrease at a decreasing rate with increasing tensile strength.
The normalized areas of the contours show less sensitivity to the increase of tensile
strength as the contour levels increase. With increasing tensile strength, the contour
areas shrink and contours of level 1 or more are disconnected from the free face and
become symmetric around the blasthole. Figure 5.42 shows the contour map of
the scaled strain energy density when tensile strength is 6 times the static tensile
strength. Compare Figure 5.42 with Figure 5.14 where the tensile strength equals
the static tensile strength.
Figure 5.43 shows the variation of the nonnalized contour areas of the scaled
strain energy density with tensile strength when non-pressurized radial cracks are
considered. The normalized contour areas decrease at a decreasing rate as the
tensile strength increases. As in the case of no radial cracks, the contour areas
are more sensitive to increasing the tensile strength from 1 to 2 times the static
tensile strength than to further increases of the tensile strength. In this range,
the normalized contour areas show a steep decrease. Including the non-pressurized
radial cracks, has increased the nonnalized areas of the contours by about 200% of
the normalized contour areas when radial cracks are ignored.
Figure 5.44 shows the variation of the nonnalized areas of the scaled strain
energy density with tensile strength when unifonnly pressurized radial cracks are
considered. Contours 1 and 10 do not show much variation in their areas at low
magnitudes of tensile strength. This not because of the unsensitivity of the contours
to the tensile strength but rather because the two contours are almost displaced out
of the map by higher contour levels. This can be seen in Figure 5.25. If the mesh
size were larger, they would have shown the same behaviour as contour levels 100
and 1000. Uniformly pressurizing the radial cracks has increased the nonnalized
areas of the contours by 400 - 600% of the contour areas when radial cracks are not
pressurized. Contours 100 and 1000 show sharply decreasing rates when the tensile
strength is increased from 1 to 2 times the static tensile strength. When the tensile
strength is increased more, the decrease of the normalized contour areas continues,
6i~------~------T-------~------'-------~------~------~------~--~~-
5
4 E w ~ Z 3 o 0:::: o o U I
>- 2
1
°_6
Figure 5.42
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 3
X-COORDINATE. m
Contour map of the scaled strain energy density when tensile strength is six times the atlltic tensile strength when radial cracks are not considered.
'>-
tIo) (,0) CJ1
o Ii
~ -
, , , , ,
.
, , \ ,
6 ... .........
a. '.
...... 6 ...
'. '. ".
....
'. 'D., .......
.... . '&._-.
··a .... ·······D '" ·······G
" -.,..._- .. -. ~ ---- ..
··········D.
236
·········D ··········e
'---..~ - -----a-----. _____ ~ ~+-----~----~--~~~==~~~~~~~~-=~~--~----~
1.0 1.0 '.0 •• 0 0.0 '.0 7.0 '.0 '.0 10.0 TENSILE STRENGTH (IN TERMS OF STATIC TENSILE STRENGTH)
Figure 5.43 Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density contours with tensile strength when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered.
o .. -~ --~ -
o .;
Ii! -Ii!
\
'. '.
\ \
\
'. '.
\ \
\ \ ,
"'U .......
". ....
\ , , ~ ,
\
, , , , , ,
·m. ' . .............
~ , , , , , ... 'A
'. '. '. '. "'1)
... ... , ... ...
'.
... 'a...
• D ...... 6 ---0
'. '. '. "'m
237
!t!~ . ~~~ .
... J . J .0
...... ·····D .........
.'D .•••••••.•
'D", """'Q
\ \
~"'"
\. ~.
"-0"-. .............
... "III. ...... ... ...
... 'a.. ...... ...
'fir!. "
~ .. .... --6_ .. .. .. "'6
'-'-'--'
~'----"""'0 __ .011>...--."-C)
O+-----~----~----~----~----_r----_r----_r----~----_, 1.0 1.0 '.0 4.0 1.0 '.0 7.0 '.0 '.0 10.0
TENSILE STRENGTH (IN TERMS OF STATIC TENSILE STRENGTH)
Figure 5.44 Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density contours with tensile strength when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered.
238
but at a decreasing rate.
Figure 5.45 shows the variation of the normalized areas of the contours with
tensile strength when the radial cracks are linearly pressurized. The behaviour of
the normalized contour areas here is the same as in the case of uniformly pressurized
cracks. The normalized areas of the contours are less than for the case of uniformly
pressurized radial cracks and greater than for the case of non-pressurized radial
cracks.
In all cases, the effect of increasing the tensile strength on the shape of the
contours is more or less moving the contours to the shape and location of a higher
contour level.
In chapter four, it has been estimated that the dynamic compressive strength
of Lithonia granite is 9 times its static compressive strength. Accordingly, the dy
namic tensile strength can be estimated to be 9 times the static tensile strength.
Out of all the contour maps for the scaled strain energy density, the ones for tensile
strength equal to 9 times the static tensile strength are presented here. Figures
5.46 through 5.49 show the contour maps for the scaled strain energy density for
tensile strength equal to the postulated dynamic tensile strength (i.e. 9 times the
static tensile strength). These figures are for models considering no-radial cracks,
non-pressurized radial cracks, uniformly pressurized radial cracks, and linearly pres
surized radial cracks respectively. The internal pressure, Pi, is 50% Pd.
From Figure 5.46, we can see that when radial cracks are not considered,
contour level 1 contains almost a circular region around the blasthole. The radius
of this region is less than half the burden. Keeping in mind that the upper limit of
internal pressure is applied, modeling the blast hole without radial cracks does not
give an acceptable estimation of the fractured zone.
Figure 5.47 (for non-pressurized radial cracks) shows a better shape for the
fractured zone. The fracture zone extends toward the free face to distances beyond
the tips of the radial cracks of the previously blasted holes. This means that the
fracture zone extends through the free face and has some widening at the free face.
The figure also shows some isolated fracturing at the free face at the tips of cracks
extending from the previously blasted holes at distances greater than the burden
C! --o .; -
C! -
'. '. '. ·······ID.
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , h.
\ \
\
. .
\ , \
. .
,
. 'Q
\ \
~
....
, ,
'. .......•
, , , , ,
'!!J.
'6 ,
.... •••••••• CI..
'.
, , , , , , , .....
'.
• o • 6' .. "~'"" .. I~ -0 - ~Ji,t.ni~;;-rit ,._ .... 1
'. '. "~m. '. '. '" '.
'G., ' . ....
"1:1 •• '. '. ....
·D···········o
.... -..... -. ....... ......
'1--'oe-
......... ....... ---. -6
. --e-. --e-.--t)
~~----~-----r----~----~~----r-----~----~----~----~
239
1.0 1.0 1.0 f.O 1.0 '.0 ?O 1.0 1.0 10.0 TENSILE STRENGTH (IN TERMS OF STATIC TENSILE STRENGTH)
Figure 5.45 Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density contours with tensile strength when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered.
61r--------r--------r--------r--------r--------r--------~------~--------~------_,
5
.. E w I-« Z 3 0 0::: 0 0 U I
>- 2
1
°_6 -5 --4 -3 -2 -1 2 3
X-COORDINATE. m
Figure 5.46 Scaled strain energy density contour map when radial cracks are not considered using the dynamic tensile strength and internal pressure 50% of the detonation pressure. ~
o
6. i i iilll KI
5
.. E w ~ Z 3 0 ~ 0 0 (J
.J- 2~
t'
°_6
Figure 5.47
~ ///
r~ . .. ~ ,0
-5 -4 -2 -t 2 X -COORDINATE. m
Scaled strain energy density contour map when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength and intemal pressure 50% of the detonation pressure.
t-) M:>o ......
E w ~ z o c::: a a u I
r
1
~
o o
-5
r;:~~ !'>O 'OO~100
It) ~
-4 -2 -t X-COORDINATE. m
Figure 5.48 Scaled strain energy density contour map when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength and internal pressure 50% of the detonation pressure.
I'-' ~ tv
E w ~ z 0 0:: 0 0 (J
I >- 2
I I I
-; 0 ~ . -
1 rl/: ~ 0<:5
"
°_6 -5 -3 -2 -t X-COORDINATE, m
Figure 5.49 Scaled strain energy density contour map when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength and internal pressure 50% of the detonation pressure. ~
Col
244
from the symmetry plane. Figures 5.48 and 5.49 (for pressurized radial cracks) show
very large fractured areas. These predicted zones are unacceptable. However, they
are promising because when the applied internal pressure is decreased, they may
give good predictions.
The decrease of the normalized contour areas with increasing ten'3ile strength,
from 1 to 10 times the static tensile strength, at a decreasing rate; the sharper de
crease of the normalized contour areas when the tensile strength is increased from 1
to 3 times the static tensile strength; the smaller sensitivity of higher contour levels
to an increase in tensile strength; all these variations can be considered equivalent to
increasing the ratio of (J't!(J'c from 1.5% to 15% or the ratio of (J't-dYRamic/(J't-atatic
from 1 to 10 within the range shown in Table 5.1. This means that for a given explo
sive, the fractured area is smaller for rocks of higher (J't! (J'c and (J't-dYRamic/ (J't-atatic
ratios.
5.6 Effect of the Explosion Pressure on the Strain Energy
Around the Blasthole
Because of the catastrophic and short time nature of the detonation process,
the very high pressures and temperatures associated with it makes measurement
of the pressure-time history in a blasthole very difficult, if not impossible. Ex
plosives' manufacturers, based on thermohydrodynamic and thermochemical calcu
lations, have developed empirical relationships for approximate estimations of the
detonation pressure (e.g. equation 4.2 and equation 4.3). As mentioned earlier in
this chapter, the upper limit for the gas pressure resulting from a detonation should
not exceed 50% of the detonation pressure (Hino, 1959, p. 61). Because of the
crushing of the rock immediately around the charge, the widening of the hole due
to the inelastic deformation outside the crushed zone, and the unideal detonation
due to field conditions, the gas pressure drops to values less than this 50% of the
detonation pressure.
Laboratory measurements of detonation pressure for detonations in steel
pipes showed that measured pressures are less than theoretical pressures (Barnhard
245
and Bahr, 1981). These data show high dependency of the accuracy of the calcu
lated pressure on the diameter. They showed that 94/6 ANFO develops 80% of
its theoretical pressure at 8 inch diameter and 70% at 6 inch diameter. A 10%
aluminized ANFO develops 75% of theoretical pressure in a 6 inch diameter hole.
Packaged COMSOL blasting agents exceeded 50% of the theoretical pressure in 3
inch diameter hole.
The explosion gas pressures are much higher than the static compressive
strength of rocks. At the boundary of the crushed zone, the gas pressures drop to
magnitudes equal to the dynamic compressive strengths of rocks. Because dynamic
strengths of rocks are higher than their static strengths, the lower bound of the
dynamic strength is the static strength. Hence, it is reasonable to assume the lower
bound of the gas pressure to be equal to the static compressive strength of the rock.
In this section, the internal gas pressure effect on the scaled strain energy density
distribution around the blasthole, is studied within the upper (50% Pd ) and the
lower limit (static compressive strength) of the gas pressure. The internal pressure,
Pi, is varied by multiplying the static compressive strength of Lithonia granite by
a factor, n. Table 5.2 shows the range of the internal blasthole pressures used.
Table 5.2 Range of Borehole Pressures Applied in the Models. Factor n is multiplied by u c to determine the borehole pressure.
n Pi = n x uc, 109 N/m2 (PdPd) x 100
1 0.206850 3.26
3 0.620550 9.78
5 1.034250 16.30
7 1.446985 22.83
9 t1!~1650 29.35
11 2.275350 35.87
13 2.689050 42.39
15.33 3.171700 50.00
246
The tensile strength used here is the Lithonia granite dynamic tensile
strength (9 times the static tensile strength). For each applied internal pressure,
Pi, the contour map for the scaled strain energy density is constructed. The areas
inside contour levels 1, 10, 100, and 1000 are measured for each contour map using
a planimeter. These areas are normalized by dividing them by 1/2(burden)2.
Figure 5.50 shows the variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain
energy density contours with increasing internal pressure when non-pressurized ra
dial cracks are considered. The contour areas increase with increasing internal
pressure. The rate of increase of the normalized areas of the contours decreases
with increase in the contour levels. Contour level 1 shows the highest rate of in
crease. Increasing the internal pressure from 3.26% Pd (1 O'c) to 50% Pd (15.33 O'c)
has increased the normalized area of contour level 1 from 0.09 to 3. In other words,
increasing the internal pressure 15.3 fold, causes the fractured zone to increase 33.3
fold. So, the rate of increase of the fractured zone is more than twice the rate of
increase of the internal pressure. Contour levels 100 and 1000 show small rates
of increase. This means that using more powerful explosives adds more to the
fragmentation than to the highly fractured zone.
Figure 5.51 shows the contour map for the model of the non-pressurized
radial cracks when internal pressure is 9 times the static compressive strength (i.e.
Pi = dynamic O'c). So, the figure shows the contours of the scaled strain energy
density when both compressive strength and tensile strength are dynamic. Contour
level 1 goes beyond the tips of the radial cracks close to the symmetry plane. This
means that fracturing can take place up to the free face. However, the shape of
the fractured area narrows at the free face instead of widening up. This can be
interpreted in two ways. Either the non-pressurized cracks condition is not a good
idealization of the fracturing process and some crack pressurization has to take
place, or the burden analyzed is larger than the optimum burden for this explosive
rock combination.
Figure 5.52 shows the variation of the normalized areas of the contours of
the scaled strain energy density when uniformly pressurized cracks are considered.
• Ii
. ' " " " ,m •• , "
.' " " .' .a ..... .... " "
0' .. , .' .' .' .' .' .a ....
.' .' .' .' .'
247
.' ·.0
....... ~ ...... -6
~ a.·--/ ,-..... """ .... .. .... "
O •••••• d .....A. ...... -6-.- ... -....-,; ...... .-- .. ----
'.0 '.0 10.0 IG.O 10.0 ID.O 10.0 IG.O 40.0 40.0 GO.O INTERNAL PRESSURE (AS PERCENTAGE OF THE DETONATION PRESSURE)
Figure 5,50 Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density with the internal pressure when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength,
----- -_.,.
6. \ it II \<:1
6
4 E w ~ Z 3 o 0:: o o u , r 2
1
°_6
Figure 5.51
-5 -4 -2 -1
X-COORDINATE. m
Contour map of the scaled strain energy density for internal pressure equal to the dynamic compressive strength when non-pressurized radial cracks are considered.
t\) ~ 00
o •
o ei
o . -
• g '6"'~ft'"'''''''''' -0 - ""ti'tiI';'''-,it
~~-.,
.g •....• .' .. '
.'
.....
.' .' .'
.' D'"
.'
D············· .'
249
.,.£1
. 0 .... ~
g...
•••••..•••••• .. ...... olr ..........
~ ..
................... . .......•...... -
-,' . .... m' .... ...
...... • _4·-
__ .---e' ---,--,>
.~
---.---~.- -0
0-- -'---~ .......... .. O+-~~~--~~--~---,----~----r---~----~ __ ~~ __ ~
0.0 1.0 10.0 18.0 10.0 18.0 10.0 18.0 40.0 48.0 80.0 INTERNAL PRESSURE (AS PERCENTAGE OF THE DETONATION PRESSURE)
Figure 5.52 Variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain energy density with the internal pressure when uniformly pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength.
250
The contour areas increase with increase in the internal pressure. The rate of in
crease of the contour areas decreases as the contour level increases. Also the rate of
increase decreases with increase in the internal pressure. This behaviour is similar
to that in Figure 5.50 for non-pressurized radial cracks. Uniformly pressurizing the
radial cracks, has substantially increased the areas of the contours. This increase is
about 100 times their magnitude compared to non-pressurized radial cracks (com
pare Figure 5.52 to Figure 5.50). The normalized areas of contour levels 1 and 10
show a steeper decrease in their slopes than contour levels 100 and 1000 when the
internal pressure is increased to 20% Pd. This is because contour levels 1 and 10
extend beyond the dimensions of the mesh, and hence the increase in their areas as
presented in the figure is less than they should be.
Figure 5.53 shows the contour map of the scaled strain energy density for
an internal pressure equal to the dynamic compressive strength of the rock when
uniformly pressurized radial cracks are analyzed. The fractured area produced by
uniformly pressurized radial cracks is extremely large. Accordingly, the idealization
option of uniform pressure applied to the total length of the radial cracks may be
rejected.
Figure 5.54 shows the variation of the normalized areas of the scaled strain
energy density contours with increase in internal pressure when the radial cracks
are linearly pressurized. The figure shows the same trends as in the non-pressurized
and uniformly pressurized radial cracks. The normalized areas of the contours
increase with increase in the internal pressure. The areas of higher level contours
show smaller rates of increase than the areas of lower level contours. The normalized
areas of the contours are less than for the case of uniformly pressurized radial cracks
but much larger than for the non-pressurized radial cracks.
Figure 5.55 shows the contour map for the scaled strajn energy density for
internal pressure equal to the dynamic compressive strength when linearly pressur
ized radial cracks are considered. The produced fractured area is still large. So, the
option of linearly pressurizing the total length of radial cracks may also be rejected.
&. ii Ii It I'Ia:I
E . W
~ Z o ~ o o U I
>- 2
1
Figure 5.53
~ ~ 8 o o· •. : Cr)
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 X-COORDINATE, m
Contour map of the scaled strain energy density for internal pressure equal to the dynamic compressive strength when unifonnly pressurized radial cracks are considered.
~ C1t ~
~ -• .. C! •
o .. C! -
.' .' .' .' .' .' .' .. ' .' .' .' .' .'
......... G'"
m······· .. '
.' ........ . ct····
.' .' .'
.' .' .'
252
..0
r.- •• ' .. .., ..... _6 .... -11-----.... .----
,,- .... A-.a" .... 4 ........
~ .... ~ ........
_.......... .. .... ,........... .--+ ._.-4) iii ........ ~.- • ...-
.... --' C! "---' . .... ~.
0.0 '.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 40.0 40.0 10.0 INTERNAL PRESSURE (AS PERCENTAGE OF THE DETONATION PRESSURE)
Figure 5.54 Variation of the nonnalized areas of the scaled strain energy density with the internal pressure when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered using the dynamic tensile strength.
---_. --... . ._ .. - ............. ~ ...... -..... ,"' .... _ ... .
6. '. ji 'I Ii Iii",,".
5
" E I .. W I--<{
Z 3 0 0::: 0 0 u , >- 2
1
°_6
/
').., o·
-5 -4
Figure 5.55
I I ,/ -~ .
/Q~lD~ // e
-2 -t X-COORDINATE. m
Contour map of the scaled strain energy density for internal pressure equal to the dynamic compressive strength when linearly pressurized radial cracks are considered.
t>:) 01 c,.)
254
According to the trends of the above analyses, pressurizing a small length of
the radial cracks can bring the shape of contour level 1 to more compatible shape
with the real fractured zone shape.
Assuming a constant dynamic tensile strength, the above behaviour of the
normalized area of the contours of the scaled strain energy density with incr~asing
internal pressure can be extended to explain the variation of the normalized con
tour areas in terms of increasing compressive strength and in terms of increasing
the ratio (1c/(1t. In other words, the normalized areas of the contours of the strain
energy density increase at a decreasing rate with increase in the dynamic com
pressive strength if the tensile strength is considered constant. The increase rate
of the normalized areas is higher for lower contour levels than for higher contour
levels. The normalized areas of the contours of the strain energy density increase
at a decreasing rate with increase in the (1c/(1t rat.io and the increase rate of the
normalized areas is higher for lower contour levels than for higher contour levels.
This behaviour correlates well with what has been seen before that the normalized
areas of the contours decrease with increase in the tensile strength for a constant
internal borehole pressure.
5.7 Summary
Modeling of a blasthole using two dimensional quasi-static finite element
analysis is investigated from both the computational and idealization points of view.
Modeling of a circular hole subjected to internal pressure is investigated. More
accurate stress calculations are obtained when the circular boundary is modeled by
circular side elements and when consistent loads are applied at the nodal points.
The radial length of the elements of the first layer around the hole is taken equal
to half the hole radius. When the boundary of the hole is modeled by 12 elements,
the errors in radial stresses, due to the combined use of straight line segments and
lumped loads, are about 10% at a distance from the hole boundary of about 20% of
the hole radius. The straight line representation of the boundary and the lumped
loads contribute approximately equally to the error. The tangential stresses show
•••• + ~ _ ••• ,.- ............ _- •• -.-- ." ••• - .. -'" • -- .... -.--~ '-'--" •••
255
less than half this error. At about one hole radius from the hole boundary, these
errors vanish. Using 2 x 2 Gauss quadrature order gives higher convergence rate and
demands less computation time than the 3 x 3 quadrature order. When the hole
boundary is modeled by 24 elements and consistent loads are applied at the nodal
points, both straight line segmentation and circular modeling of the hole boundary
give the exact elastic radial and tangential stresses.
In the meshes used to model the blasthole, the consistent loads, circular
boundary elements, and 2 X 2 Gauss quadrature order are used. The circular bound
ary of the crushed zone is modeled by 24 elements. Modeling of the blasthole with
out radial cracks failed to show extension of the fractured zone up to the free face.
Inclusion of the radial cracks shows complicated displacement and stress fields and
strain energy distribution. Including the radial cracks at the free face and around
the detonating blasthole causes a dramatic increase in the displacement, stress,
and strain energy magnitudes around the detonating blasthole. Radial cracks are
initially created by the stress waves. This gives credit to the stress wav,e precondi
tioning of the rock so that the explosion gases can produce a larger fractured zone
and better fragmentation. Gas pressures show substantial extension of the fractured
zone around the blasthole over a large area even for the models of non-pressurized
cracks and the models neglecting radial cracks. This gives credit to gas pressure
preconditioning from previously detonated blastholes. Hence, both gas and wave
energies are important and contribute to the fragmentation of the blasted rock.
When non -pressurized radial cracks are analyzed, the displacements close to
the detonating blasthole increase by 300%. Close to the free face the displacements
increase by about 900%. The stresses close to the detonating blasthole increase
by a small percentage. Close to the free face the stresses increase up to 20 - 100
fold. The least stress increase is in the back and sides of the detonating blasthole.
The largest stress increase is close to the crack tips and in front of the detonating
blasthole.
Uniformly pressurizing the radial cracks increases the displacements, in com
parison to non-pressurized radial cracks, seven fold close to the detonating blasthole
---_. -~ ...... _ .. - ..... -..... ,." .... , -.-, ... '-"- ........ ..
256
and 10 fold close to the free face. The stresses close to the detonating blasthole in
crease seven fold and close to the free face they increase ten fold. The levels of the
contours of the scaled strain energy density have increased by about 100 fold. Linear
pressurization of the radial cracks produces displacements approximately half the
displacement produced by uniformly pressurized . cracks. The stress magnitudes are
approximately half the stress magnitudes produced ~y uniformly pressurized cracks.
The scaled strain energy density contour levels of 100 and less show a slight decrease
in areal extent while the higher contour levels roughly decrease to one quarter the
levels of the contours produced by the uniformly pressurized radial cracks.
Replacing the widely spaced uniformly pressurized radial cracks by an equiv
alent cavity of the same diameter, is not correct for modeling blastholes in bench
blasting. V\Then uniformly pressurized radial cracks are replaced by an equivalent
cavity, the displacements, stresses, and the levels of the contours of the scaled strain
energy density all show much smaller magnitudes. The displacements decrease to
one third their magnitudes close to the free face and to one fourth close to the
detonating blasthole. Stresses decrease to one tenth their magnitudes close to the
detonating blasthole and to one third their magnitudes close to the free face. The
levels of the contours of the scaled strain energy density are approximately reduced
to one tenth their levels.
Uniaxial and biaxial tensile stress fields are recognized at the free face close
to the locations of the previously blasted holes when radial cracks are considered.
Close to the tips of the radial cracks high stress concentrations extend from the
previously blasted holes. The stress states at these crack tips range from biaxial
tensile close to the symmetry plane to biaxial compressive at distances greater than
one spacing from the symmetry plane. These stresses are higher than the strength
of the rock. Hence, tensile and shear failures and crack extensions take place at
these locations and propagate inward toward the detonating blast hole.
Tensile strength has a great effect on the size of the fractured zone. The
estimated fracture zone decreases at a decreasing rate with increase in the tensile
strength. The higher level contours of the scaled strain energy density (i.e. highly
fractured zone) are less sensitive to the increase in tensile strength than the lower
257
level contours (i.e. coarsely fractured zone). Increasing the ratio of the tensile
strength to the compressive strength has the same effect of decreasing the estimated
fractured zone at a decreasing rate. Also the increase of the ratio of the dynamic
tensile strength to the static tensile strength decreases the estimated fractured zone
at a decreasing rate. When non-pressurized radial cracks are considered, increases
in tensile strength from 1 to 10 times the the static tensile strength (also increasing
the tensile strength as a percentage of the static compressive strength ratio from
1.5 to 15%) decrease the estimated fracture zone to one third its area. Increases in
dynamic tensile strength from 1 to 10 times the static tensile strength reduce the
fractured zone to one third its area.
The internal explosion gas pressure applied to the boundary of the crushed
zone has a great effect on the estimation of the fractured zone. The estimated
fracture zone increases at a decreasing rate with increase in the applied internal
pressure. Higher level contours of the scaled strain energy density (i.e. highly
fractured zone) show a slower rate of increase than lower level contours (i.e. coarsely
fractured zone). When non-pressurized radial cracks are considered, increasing the
internal explosion gas pressure from 3.26% to 50% of the detonation pressure (i.e.
15.3 fold) increases the estimated fracture zone 33.3 fold. The rate of increase in
the estimated fracture zone is more than twice the rate of increase in the internal
pressure. Assuming constant tensile strength, increase in the compressive strength
(either absolute increase or increase due to the high rate of loading) from 1 to 15.33
times the static compressive strength increases the estimated area of fracture zone
33.3 fold. This means that for a given explosive, rocks with higher uc/Ut ratio
produce larger fractured zones.
Uniformly or linearly pressurizing the total length of the radial cracks over
estimates the fractured zone and they may be rejected as an idealization for the
bench blasting models. This rejection is based on the burden, number and length
of radial cracks which are used in the models. Using measured experimental data
from single hole tests are recommended for model verification and calibration to
confirm or modify these findings. Partially pressurizing a small length of the radial
cracks or extending the boundary at which the internal pressure is applied to the
258
boundary of the intense radial fractures may produce better simulation. This is
because the non-pressurized radial cracks need only a. small enhancement to pro
duce a better estimation of the fractured zone. The maximum displacement normal
to the free face when the internal pressure is equal to the dynamic compressive
strength, is 0.0088 m for non-pressurized radial cracks and 0.038 m for linearly
pressurized radial cracks. As the additional pressurization needed to enhance the
non-pressurized radial cracks is small, the maximum displacement normal to the
free face is a small increase in the 0.0088 m displacement. This range of displace
ment brings the finite element modeling of the full scale bench blasting up to the
quantitative level of results. Previous models show displacements of several meters.
Haghighi and Konya (1985, 1986) have reported displacements up to 13.7 m. Sunu
and others (1987) have reported displacements up to 18 m. This improvement in the
quality of the results of the quasi-static finite element modeling is brought about
by the improvement in the idealization of the problem by including the radial cracks
around the blasthole and at the free face. In addition, the investigation of the effect
of the explosion pressure, tensile strength, and compression strength provided more
insight about their impact on the results of the models. The computations are im
proved by using the high 'order eight and quarter point isoparametric elements and
better mesh design.
259
CHAPTER 6
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
6.1 Summary
This dissertation includes three major parts: study of the crushed zone and
shape of the wave front around a cylindrical charge detonated in rock, 2-D finite
element models for a single blasthole in bench blasting, and writing a 2-D finite
element program.
The displacement formulation using the potential energy concept is used
in writing the 2-D finite element program, SABM. The program is written in
FORTRAN 77 and runs on VAX and CONVEX machines. Ten finite elements have
been programmed and tested. These elements are the two noded truss element
in 3-D space, the planar two noded beam element, the three noded triangular
element, and seven isoparametric elements. The isoparametric elements include
quadrilaterals of 4 to 9 nodes. The program has been tested and gives excellent
results in comparison with analytical solutions and some published results. The
examples used in testing the program include cantilever beam, circular hole in a
plate under uniaxial compression stress field, single edge crack in a plate under
uniaxial tensile stress field, and internally pressurized circular hole in a plate.
The crushed zone around a cylindrical charge is investigated. Empirical rela
tionships are obtained for granite, salt, and limestone. The empirical relationships
show the dependency of the crushed zone on both rock and explosive properties. The
rock properties considered are longitudinal wave velocity, characteristic impedance,
and compressive strength. The explosive properties considered are velocity of det
onation, characteristic impedance, and detonation pressure.
The shape of the stress wave front generated around a detonating cylindrical
charge in rock is investigated. The shape of the. wave front depends on the ratio of
the explosive detonation velocity to the rock longitudinal wave velocity. The shapes
- ___ • __ , ,,, ,_···_ ... c ._. ", __ ,., .•.••• " ......... .
260
of the wave front are constructed for velocity ratios of infinity, greater than one,
equal to one, and less than one.
Modeling of a blasthole subjected to an explosion pressure is investigated
using two dimensional quasi-static finite element analysis from both the compu
tational and idealization points of view. Five quasi-static finite element models
are analyzed for a single blasthole in full scale bench blasting. The objective of
the modeling is to predict the extent of the fractured zones induced around the
blasthole. This prediction can be used to enhance blasting pattern design in order
to make better use of the explosive energy to produce better rock fragmentation.
The analyses include a model neglecting radial cracks, models considering radial
cracks around the detonating blast hole and at the free face, and a model using the
equivalent cavity to replace the pressurized radial cracks. The models which con
sider the radial cracks include non-pressurized, uniformly pressurized, and linearly
pressurized radial cracks. Displacement fields, stress ~elds, and strain energy den
sity distributions are studied. The effect of rock tensile strength and explosion gas
pressure on the strain energy distribution around the blast hole are studied. These
models are studied to find the options that best simulate bench blasting and bring
the results of the modeling up to the acceptable quantitative level.
In the meshes used to model the blasthole, the consistent loads, circular
boundary elements, and 2 x 2 Gauss quadrature order are used. In the .analyses,
the rock is assumed to be homogeneous, isotropic and linearly elastic. The circular
boundary of the crushed zone is modeled by 24 elem~nts. When the dynamic
strength of the rock is used, modeling of the blasthole without considering the
radial cracks failed to show extension of the fractured zone up to the free face.
Inclusion of the radial cracks shows complicated displacement and stress fields and
strain energy distribution. Including the radial cracks at the free face and around
the detonating blasthole causes dramatic increase in the displacement field, stress
field, and strain energy distribution around the detonating blasthole. This gives a
high credit to the radial cracks in enhancing the explosion gases to produce larger
fractured zone and better fragmentation.
6.2 Conclusions
The conclusions derived from this study are summarized.
6.2.1 Computations
261
From the FEM example models used to test the convergence rate, numerical
interation order, and mesh refinement, the following conclusions are drawn:
(1) The eight noded isoparametric element shows an excellent convergence rate
compared to the elements of lower order. In addition, its convergence rate is
comparable with the convergence rate of the nine noded element.
(2) Using 2 x 2 Gauss quadrature order is better than using the 3 x 3 quadrature
order with the eight noded isoparametric element because it gives higher
convergence rate and demands less computation time.
(3) 3 x 3 Ga:uss quadrature order must be used with the nine noded isoparametric
element because the use of the 2 x 2 quadrature order gives very erratic
results.
( 4) When circular hole boundary is modeled by 24 eight noded isoparametric
elements of radial length approximately equal to half the hole radius, both
circular and line segmentation modeling of the hole boundary converge to
the exact analytical solution.
(5) When the mesh is coarse, modeling circular boundaries by circular sided
elements is more accurate than straight line segmentation. Using consistent
loads gives more accurate results than using lumped loads. At a distance
from the hole boundary roughly equal to the hole radius, the errors due to
the straight line segmentation and due to the use of lumped loads vanish.
(6) Using the quarter point eight noded isoparametric elements gives very accu
rate calculations for the stress intensity factor for crack problems.
6.2.2 Crushed Zone
The crushed zone around a cylindrical charge is investigated and empirical
relationships have been obtained between the crushed zone diameter and inter
relations between the properties of both the explosive and rock materials. The
262
velocity ratio is defined as the ratio of the explosive velocity of detonation to the
rock longitudinal wave velocity; the characteristic impedance ratio is the ratio of
the explosive characteristic impedance to the the rock characteristic impedance; the
medium stress ratio is the stress transmitted to the rock divided by the compressive
strength; the detonation pressure ratio is the ratio of the detonation pressure to
the rock compressive strength; the scaled crushed zone diameter is the ratio of the
crushed zone diameter to the nominal blast hole diameter. The following conclusions
are made:
(1) The scaled crushed zone diameter produced by detonating a cylindrical
charge in rock increases at a decreasing rate with increasing velocity ratio,
characteristic impedance ratio, medium stress ratio, and detonation pressure
ratio.
(2) The rate of increase of the crushed zone diameter becomes negligible when
the velocity ratio increases beyond unity.
(3) In general, the rate of increase of the crushed zone diameter with increase in
the velocity ratio is high in rocks with a large longitudinal wave velocity.
( 4) At a given velocity ratio, the crushed zone diameter is larger in rocks of
higher longitudinal wave velocities than in rocks of lower longitudinal wave
velocities.
(5) The relationship between the scaled crushed zone diameter and the detona
tion pressure ratio is important. It can be used to estimate the rock dynamic
compressive strength when the scaled crushed zone diameter is equal to one.
6.2.3 Shape of the Wave Front
Several conclusions can be made from the graphical constructions of the
shape of the wave fronts generated when a cylindrical charge is detonated in rock.
(1) The shape of the wave front is not planar in the range of burdens used in
bench blasting.
(2) The shape of the wave front is controlled by the velocity ratio.
(3) For an infinite velocity ratio, the shape of the wave front is cylindrical around
the charge and spherical in the stemming region and below the charge.
263
( 4) For velocity ratios greater than one, the shape of the wave front is
sphero-conical around the charge and spherical above and below the charge.
The angle of incidence of the sphero-conical waves decreases with increasing
velocity ratio.
(5) For velocity ratios equal to or less than one, the shape of the wave front is
spherical and its center coincides with the initiation point.
(6) For velocity ratios less than one, the duration of the motion is longer than
the duration of the motion for velocity ratios equal to or greater than one.
(7) For velocity ratios less than one, ground motion precedes the detonation front
along the explosive charge. This increases the hazards of potential misfires
and cutoffs.
(8) ruse time for the particle motion increases with decrease in the velocity ratio.
6.2.4 Numerical models
Conclusions from the blasthole finite element models are given.
(1) When non-pressurized radial cracks are considered, the displacement and
stress fields have increased largely compared with the model neglecting radial
cracks. The displacements close to the detonating blast hole increase by 300%
and close to the free face the displacements has increased by about 900%.
The stresses close to the detonating blasthole increase by a small percentage.
Close to the free face the stresses increase up to 16 to 18 fold with the largest
increase close to the crack tips and in front of the detonating blasthole. The
scaled strain energy contours show great increase in their levels (20 - 100
fold) and in the areas they contain.
(2) Uniformly pressurizing the radial cracks increase the magnitudes of the dis
placements, in comparison to non-pressurized radial cracks, by a factor of
seven close to the blast hole and by a factor of ten close to the free face. Close
to the blasthole, the stresses increase seven fold and close to the free face,
they have increased ten fold. Strain energy density increases by about two
orders of magnitude.
264
(3) Linear pressurization of the radial cracks produce displacements approxi
mately half those generated by uniformly pressurized radial cracks. The
stresses are approximately half those produced by the uniformly pressurized
radial cracks. The scaled strain energy density contour levels of 100 and
less show a slight decrease in their areas. The higher contour levels roughly
decrease to one quarter the levels of the contours produced by the uniformly
pressurized radial cracks.
( 4) Replacing the zone of the widely spaced uniformly pressurized radial cracks
by an equivalent cavity of the same diameter, is not correct for modeling
blast holes in bench blasting. When uniformly pressurized radial cracks are
replaced by an equivalent cavity, the displacement field, the stress field, and
the levels of the contours of the scaled strain energy density show much
smaller magnitudes. The displacements are reduced to one third of their
magnitudes close to the free face and to one fourth close to the blasthole.
Stresses are decreased to one tenth of their magnitudes close to the deto
nating blasthole and to one third close to the free face. The levels of the
contours of the scaled strain energy density are reduced to approximately
one tenth of their levels.
(5) Uniaxial and biaxial tensile stress fields are recognized at the free face close
to the locations of the previously blasted holes when radial cracks are con
sidered. High stress concentrations develop close to the tips of the radial
cracks extending from the previously blasted holes. The stress states at
these crack tips range from biaxial tensile close t~ the symmetry plane to
biaxial compressive at distances greater than one spacing from the symme
try plane. These stresses are higher than the strength of the rock. Hence,
tensile and shear failures and crack extensions take place at these locations
and propagate inward toward the detonating blasthole.
(6) Tensile strength greatly affects the size of the fractured zone. The esti
mated fracture zone decreases at a decreasing rate with increase in the tensile
strength. The higher level contours of the scaled strain energy density (i.e.
highly fractured zone) are less sensitive to the increase in tensile strength
265
than the lower level contours (i.e. coarsely fractured zone). Increasing the
ratio of the tensile strength to the compressive strength has the same ef
fect of decreasing the estimated fractured zone at a decreasing rate. An
increase of the ratio of the dynamic tensile strength to the static tensile
strength causes a decrease in the estimated fractured zone at a decreasing
rate. When non-pressurized radial cracks are analyzed, increases in tensile
strength from 1 to 10 times the static tensile strength (also increasing the
percentage of tensile strength to the compressive strength ratio from 1.5 to
15%) decreases the estimated fracture zone to one third. Increases in dy
namic tensile strength from 1 to 10 times the static tensile strength also
reduce the fractured zone to one third.
(7) The gas pressure applied to the boundary of the crushed zone has a great
effect on the fractured zone. The estimated fracture zone increases at a
decreasing rate with increase in the applied pressure. Higher level contours
of the scaled strain energy density (i.e. highly fractured zones) show lower
increase rates than lower level contours (i.e. coarsely fractured zone). When
non-pressurized radial cracks are included, increasing the internal explosion
gas pressure from 3.26% to 50% of the detonation pressure (i.e. 15.3 fold)
increases the estimated fracture zone 33.3 times. The rate of increase in the
estimated fracture zone is more than twice the rate of increase in the internal
pressure. Increase in the compressive strength (either absolute increase or
increase due to the high rate of loading) from 1 to 15.33 times the static
compressive strength increases the estimated area of fracture zone 33.3 fold.
That is on the assumption of constant tensile strength.
(8) Rocks which have higher compressive strength to tensile strength ratios,
produce larger fractured zones.
(9) Uniformly or linearly pressurizing the total length of the radial cracks overes
timates the fractured zone and are rejected as idealizations for bench blasting
models. Partially pressurizing a small length of the radial cracks or extend
ing the boundary at which the internal pressure is applied to the boundary of
the intense radial fractures may produce better estimation. This is because
266
the non-pressurized radial cracks need only a small enhancement to produce
a better estimation of the fractured zone.
(10) The maximum displacement normal to the free face when the internal
pressure is equal to the dynamic compressive strength, is 0.0088 m for
non -pressurized radial cracks and 0.038 m for linearly pressurized radial
cracks. This range of displacement brings the finite element modeling of
the full scale bench blasting up to the quantitative level of results. This
improvement in the results of the quasi-static finite element modeling is
brought about by the improvement in the idealization of the problem by
including the radial cracks. The computations are improved by using the
high order eight and quarter point isoparametric elements and better mesh
design.
6.3 RECOMMENDATIONS
(1) The discussions and the conclusions about the shapes of the wave fronts
presented here are restricted to the outgoing compressional waves propagat
ing in an isotropic, elastic, and homogeneous rock. Shear waves inside the
rock and surface waves at the bench top and at the bench free face are not
discussed. The propagation velocities of these waves are less than the prop
agation velocities of the compressional waves. The effect of these waves on
the rock is to modify, extend, or superpose on weakening and/or fracturing
previously initiated by the faster compressional waves. More investigation is
needed to understand their role in the blasting process.
(2) Field tests for a single blasthole in full scale bench blasting is highly recom
mended. From this field test, the real FEM model input data BUch as the
burden, the crushed zone diameter, the number and the length of the radial
cracks, and the shape of the fractured zone can be obtained. Then, the FEM
results can be compared and calibrated.
(3) Analyzing ground vibration data for different velocity ratios separately can
decrease the scatter data and increase the accuracy of estimation of the
ground vibration. Where ground vibrations are of concern, avoiding low
---_ .. --"" ._.- ..... " .,~.- ... -... -.. , .. - .. " ... _ ........... .
267
velocity ratio explosives may help decreasing the duration of the ground
motions and consequently decrease potential structural damages. If mea
surements of wave velocity or strain components around a blasthole are to
be carried out, the shape of the wave front should be taken into account so
that the locations and orientations of the measuring devices are appropriate.
( 4) The effect of the explosion pressure and the effect of the dynamic strength
of rocks on the estimated fractured zone is great. Hence, more research
is needed to decrease the level of uncertainty about their magnitudes by
developing techniques and methodologies for their determination.
(5) The critical strain energy failure criterion predicts the fractured zone inside
which cracks may propagate but does not include complete separation from
the rock mass or displacement of the fragmented material. In addition,
the energy consumed in creating and extending the cracks decreases the
capability to extend the cracks to the estimated fractured zone boundaries.
This means that the criterion overestimates the size of the fractured zone.
Hence, it is recommended to try the predictions of other failure criteria to
check if it provides better estimation of the fractured zone.
(6) In designing burn cuts for underground blasts, one should avoid using spac
ings equal to or greater than the crushed zone to avoide sympathetic deto
nation and/or blowouts of the neighboring charges.
APPENDIX A
DATA NEEDED FOR THE SABM PROGRAM AND SAMPLE
INPUT AND OUTPUT FILES
268
The SABM program is written to handle two dimensional problems in three
dimensional space. The program is designed for stress analysis of linearly elastic
problems. Ten elements are included in the program. Element type is recognized by
the program using an integer variable (NTYPE). The NTYPE values for different
elements are given in Table A.1.
Table A.l Element Types Used by the SABM Program.
Element Code of Element Type
(NTYPE)
2 Noded Bar 1
2 Noded Beam 2
TRIM3 3
QUAD4 4
QUAD5 5
QUAD6 6
QUAD7 7
QUAD8 8
QQUAD8 9
QUAD 9 10
269
The number of nodal degrees of freedom per node is three for all elements. For
the 2 noded planar beam, the displacement vector for the node is {u v 8}. For the
remaining nine elements, the displacement vector for the node is {u v w} .
. .A.I Input Data Needed by SABM Program
Seven sets of input are needed by SABM. These are global coordinates,
connectivity values, material properties, geometric properties, applied loads, spec
ified displacements, and boundary conditions. Each set of data needs to be ended
by a card containing zero value for each of the variables of the set. Any set of
data should have at least two cards. One includes values for the variables (zeros if
'variables have no values). The other card has zeros for the variables of the set to
indicate the end of this data set (sentinel). Any variable that has no value or does
not apply for a given problem must be assigned zero.
The input data file begins with two cards for problem definition. The
first card has only one character string variable, specifying the type of the problem
(PROBLTY). It could be ID, 2D, or 3D, and begins in the first column. The second
card has two integer variables. The first one is the number of elements. Counting
the number of elements is not necessary because the program counts and reports
the number of elements. However it is useful for checking purposes. The second
variable on the second card, IPLANE, defines plane strain or plane stress. IPLANE
is I for plane stress and 2 for plane strain.
The global coordinates are the first set of input data. Each card includes
five values. The first is the node number, NPTj the second is the nodal degrees
of freedom per node, NODDOFj the third, the fourth, and the fifth values are
the global cartesian coordinates 'of the node (x, y, z)j the sixth value is the node
temperature, TEMP.
------ ---' . '-.' -"~'-' ._. ','-'" -. " ...... -"
270
The second set of input data defines the element connectivity table. Each
card has thirteen values. The first value is the element number, IEj the second
value is the material code number for the element, MATCODj the third value is
the element property code, IEPROP; the fourth value is the element type, NTYPE
(from Table A.I). The remaining nine values are the numbers of the nodes defining
the element. These are according to the global numbering sequence. The local
numbering follows that shown on Figure 3.2.
The third set of input data designates the material properties. Each card
has six values. These are material code number, MATCDj elastic modulus, EMOD;
Poisson's ratio, PRj shear modulus, GMOD; coefficient of thermal expansion, CTE;
and the unit weight, VvT.
The fourth set of input data specifies the element geometric properties.
Each card includes seven values: element property code, IEPROPj number of nodes
per element, NODPELj cross sectional area of the element, AREAj thickness of the
element, THICKj and three values for the moment of inertia of the element about
the principal axes, XXI, YYI, and ZZI.
The fifth set of input data defines the applied loads. Each card include four
values: the number of the node, NPT and the load components in the directions of
the three cartesian coordinates (RX, RY, and RZ).
The sixth set of input data specifies the prescribed displacements. Each
card has four values: the number of the node, NPT and the three components of
the prescribed displacement in the directions of the three cartesian coordinates (DX,
DY, and DZ).
The seventh set of input data specifies the boundary conditions Each card
has four values: the number of the point, NPT and the boundary condition spec
ification in the directions of the three cartesian coordinates (NX, NY, and NZ). If
271
the displacement component is suppressed in any direction the specification is 1,
otherwise the specification is O.
The program asks for the names of the input file and output files. It asks
for the quadrature orders and whether the run is for checking input data or for
complete solution. The user responds to these questions interactively. The type of
the numbers, whether real or integer, follows the FORTRAN implied typing. The
variables beginning with I, J, K, L, M and N are integers otherwise the variable is
real.
272
A.2 Example of Input File
Figure A.l shows a stick model for a cantilever beam. Two QUAD9 ele
ments are used. The beam is subjected to 6000 newtons, directed downwards, at
the tip.
Figure A.l
y 6000 N
• •
"---t~--.... ---a---...... -1...+ X
2
Stick model for a cantilever beam. The beam is subjected to tip load. QUAD9 elements are implemented. Dimensions are in meters, thickness = 0.1 m.
273
Below is the input file prepared for SABM for this model. If there are
several zero values in sequence, they can be entered as zero followed by * and the
* is followed by the number of these values. This can save data entry time.
2D 2,1 G.CORD 1,3,0.,0.,0.,0. 2,3,0.,1.,0.,0. 3,3,0.,2.,0.,0. 4,3, .5,0.,0.,0. 5,3, .5,1.,0.,0. 6,3, .5,2.,0.,0. 7,3,1., .0,0.,0. 8,3,1.,1.,0.,0. 9,3,1.,2.,0.,0. 10,3,1.5, .0, .0,0. 11,3,1.5,1., .0,0. 12,3,1.5,2.,2*0. 13,3,2.,0.,0.,0. 14,3,2.,1.,0.,0. 15,3,2.,2.,0.,0. 6*0 CONNECTIVITY 1,1,1,10,1,7,9,3,4,8,6,2,5 2,1,1,10,7,13,15,9,10,14,12,8,11 13*0 RMATP 1, • 3E7 , .25,1. 2E6, ° . , ° . 6*0 GMPROP 1,9, .2, .1,3*0.0 7*0 LOADS 13,0.,-1500.,0. 14,0.,-3000.,0. 15,0.,-1500.,0. 4*0 DISPL 4*0 NSP 1,1,0,1 2,1,1,1 3,1,0,1 4*0 END OF INPUT
274
. A.a Examples of Output Files
All the examples of output files are for the stick model of Figure A.1.
Example of General Output File for 3 by 3. Quadrature Order. The following is an
example of the output file. The contents are self explanatory. This output file is
for the stick model of Figure A.1. Here a a x a quadrature order is used.
THE PROBLEM T~PE OF THIS RUN IS : 2D • OF ELEMENTS IN THIS PROBLEM IS: 2 IPLANE ... 1
TOTAL NOPAL POINTS SUCCESSFULLY READ IS : 15 NODAL POINTS
GLOBAL NODAL NOHBERS,NDOF PER NODE,CLOBAL COORDINATES AND TEMPERATURES FOLLOWS:
NODE' NDOF/NODE XCI) Y (I) Z(I) TEMP (I)
1 3 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
2 3 0.0000 1.0000 0.0000 0.0000
3 3 0.0000 2.0000 0.0000 0.0000
4 3 0.5000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
5 3 0.5000 1. 0000 0.0000 0.0000
6 3 0.5000 2.0000 0.0000 0.0000
7 3 1.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
e 3 1.0000 1. 0000 0.0000 0.0000
9 3 1. 0000 2.0000 0.0000 0.0000
10 3 1.5000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
11 3 1.5000 1. 0000 0.0000 0.0000
12 3 1.5000 2.0000 0.0000 0.0000
13 3 2.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
14 3 2.0000 1. 0000 0.0000 0.0000
l5 3 2.0000 2.0000 0.0000 0.0000
THE N~ER OF ELEY.ENTS SUCCESSFULL~ ~ IS 2 ELE~NTS
E~t~NTS COh~ECTIVITY Y~TRIX :
t:.I'.' , Y~TCO~,NtLMTy,IP,IO,IR,IS,ITYP, FOR EACH ELE~NT FOLLOWS :
t:.I'.' Y.J.TCOD IEi'Mi' h'ELMTY IP 10 IR IS IT IW IX IY n
1 1 1 10 1 7 9 3 4 8 6 2 5
2 1 1 10 7 13 15 9 10 14 12 8 11
Y~T£RIAL PROPERTIES ARE SUCCESSFULLY ~~TtRIkL CODE hNO PROrERTltS FOLLOW :
READ FOR 1 Y.J.TERIALS
275
MATCOD YOUNG'S MOD 1 0.300E+07
POISSON'S R. 0.250
SHEAR MOD 0.120E+07
THERM COEF UNIT WT. O.OOOE+OO 0.00
ELEMENT GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES ARE SUCCESSFULLY READ FOR PROP. CODES
1 ELEMENT
ELEMENT GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES:
PROP. CODE NODES/ELEM AREA 1 9 0.2000
APPLIED LOADS:
NODE I
13 14 15
RX
0.000 0.000 0.000
SPECIFIED DISPLACEMENTS:
NODE f OX
THICI< 0.1000
RY
-1500.000 -3000.000 -1500.000
OY
XXI 0.0000
YYI 0.0000
RZ
0.000 0.000 0.000
OZ
ZZI 0.0000
276
- SPECIFICATION OF BOUNDARY CONDITIONS --1- FOR SPECIFIED DISPLACEHENT(DOF) AND -0· OTHERWISE
NODE NUMBER B.C. SPECIFICATION
1 2 3
NSX
1 1 1
NSY
o 1 o
~~IMUM NODE SEPARATION (NODSEP) • 8 HBAh~· 27 NSIZE • 45 EQUATIONS
NSP(I) WHICH IS RECIEVED BY APBCS FOLLOWS
SEQUENC£ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
NSPX 1 1 1 o o o o o o o o o o o o
Nsn o 1 o o o o o o o o o o o o o
NS?Z 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
7r~ NO~AL DISPLAC£Y.ENTS FOLLOWS
NO:l£ f U(X)
1 -0.275509£-14
2 -0.43H08£-31
3 0.275509E-14
4 -0.27"'81£-01
5 -0.12.0683£-17
6 0.27"" 81E- 01
7 -0 • .061665£-01
8 -0.135525£-17
9 0 • .061665£-01
lO -0.573409E-01
II -0.173472E-17
12 0.573409£-01
U(Y)
-0.197811E-01
-0. H547.c£-14
-0.197811E-01
-0.301667E-01
-0.243959£-01
-0.301667E-01
-0.606423£-01
-0.559591E-01
-0.608423£-01
-0.97549.c£-01
-0.955658£-01
-0.975494£-01
NSZ
1 1 1
U(Z)
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
O.OOOOOOE+OO
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
277
" '
13
14
15
-0.618750£-01
0.000000£+00
0.618750£-01
-0.143U8E+00
-0.136483E+00
-0.143498E+00
O.OOOOOOE+OO
O.OOOOOOE+OO
O.OOOOOOE+OO
LOCAL STRESSES, PRINCIPAL STRESSES, Ah~ GLOBAL COORDINATES OF THEIR LOCATIONS :
STRESSES AT GAUSS POINTS OF QUAD9- ELE:HEN~ • 1 FOLLOWS :
1ST LINE: ELf, GAUSS POINT', XGAUSS, YGAUSS, STRESSES (SIGX,SIGY,SIGXY) 2ND LIN£:EL',GAUSS POINT',XGAUSS,YGAUSS, SIGl-'..A1,SIGMA2,THETA1(DEG.) :
1 1 0.113 0.225 -0.1287735E+06 0.3973967E+05 -0.2012399£+05
1 1 0.113 0.225 42109.5671658740 -131143.4122203444 96.716
1 2 0.113 1.000 -0.8572533E-11 -0.1492612&-11 -0.4548774£+05
1 2 0.113 1.000 45487.7402019094 -'5487.7402019095 135.000
1 3 0.113 1. 775 0.1287735E+06 -0.3973967&+05 -0.2012399E+05
1 3 0.113 1.775 131143.4122203444 -42109.5671658740 173.284
1 4 0.500 0.225 -0.1072812E+06 -0.3637979E-ll -0.2346673£+05
1 4 0.500 0.225 4916.555212.0528 -112197.7150918307 101.823
1 5 0.500 1.000 -0.3642919E-ll 0.1691355E-ll -0.3421318E+05
1 5 0.500 1.000 34213.18.00690419 -34213.1840690419 135.000
1 6 0.500 1. 775 0.1072612E+06 0.1091394E-10 -0.2346673£+05
1 6 0.500 1.775 112197.7150918307 -.0916.5552124528 168.177
1 7 0.SS7 0.225 -0.7603061E+05 -0.7068949E+03 -0.3313492E+05
1 7 0.S87 0.225 1179.0.3631752497 -88~31.86e3075360 110.671
1 8 0.E67 1.000 -0.8677080E-l1 -0.3470313E-l1 -0.2522406£+05
8 0.667 1.000 29224.0e30112430 -2922.0.0630112430 135.000
1 9 0.8S7 1.775 0.7603061£+05 0.7068949E+03 -0.3313492£+05
1 9 0.S87 1.775 86531.6663075360 -11794.3631752497 159.329
sr~ss£s AT GAUSS POINTS OF QUADS- ELEMENT • 2 FOLLOWS :
1ST LINE: ELf/GAUSS POINTf, XGAUSS, YGAUSS, STRESSES (SIGX,SIGY,SIGXY) 21,D L1NE:EL',GAUSS POINr',XGAUSS,YGAUSS, SIGY..A1,SIGy~,THETA1(OEG.) :
2 1
2 1
2 2
2 2
1.113
1.ll3
1.113
1.113
0.225 -0.6006155E+05 0.1387124E+04 -0.2779302E+05
0.225 12092.6670341623 -70767.1161216901 111.0E6
1.000 0.1913176E-ll -0.2123791E-11 -0.3514923E+05
1.000 35149.22795E2532 -35149.2279562532 135.000
.••••• _ ·· .. _~c·_· ....... ·-- •• -~--••.•• - .. -.
278
279
2 3 1.113 1.775 0.6006155£+05 -0.138712~£+04 -0.2779302£+05
2 3 1.113 1.775 70767.1161216901 -12092.6870341623 158.934
2 4 1.500 0.225 -0.3650335£+05 -0.2046363£-11 -0.2935411£+05
2 4 1.500 0.225 16314.0228609848 -52817.3697095571 119.064
2 5 1.500 1.000 0.4336809£-11 0.108~202£-11 -0.2781924£+05
2 5 1.500 1. 000 27e19.2390467536 -27819.2390467536 135.000
2 6 1.500 1.775 0.3650335£+05 -0.1750777£-10 -0.2935~11£+05
2 6 1.500 1.775 52817.3697095571 -16314.02286096~8 150.936
2 7 1. 6e7 0.225 -0.7017752£+04 0.2232243£+05 -0.3569620£+05
2 7 1. 867 0.225 462~5.4765805663 -30940.800001~822 123.629
2 8 1. 667 1.000 0.1504262£-11 0.1677108£-11 -0.2527025£+05
2 B 1. 867 1.000 25270.2475600196 -25270.2~75600196 135.000
2 9 1. ES7 1. 775 0.7017752£+04 -0.2232243£+05 -0.3569620£+05
2 9 1. 667 1.775 30940.6000014622 -462~5.4765e05663 1H.171
280
Example for Displacement Output. File. The following is an example of out
put file for the nodal displacements accompanied by their global coordinates. The
file is prepared for plotting by graphics software. Each record is written on two lines.
Each record has seven values, node nwnber, three global cartesian coordinates, and
three displacement components parallel to the three cartesian axes.
1 0.000000 -C.27=50e9390£-14
2 0.000000 -C.~314063075£-31
3 0.000000 0.27550e9390£-14
4 0.500000 -0.2744812967£-01
5 0.500000 -0.1246632496£-17
6 0.500000 0.27H812967£-01 7 1.000000
-0.4616646062£-01 8 1.000000
-C.1355252716£-17 9 1.000000
0.46166460£2£-01 .0 1.500000
-0.5734066741£-01 :1 1.500000
-C.1i34i23476£-17 12 1.500000 O.57340867U£-01 13 2.000000
-C.6167500000£-01 14 2.000000 0.0000000000£+00 15 2.000000 0.6187500000£-01
0.000000 -0.1978107833£-01
1.000000 -0.1454737852~-14
2.000000 -0.1978107633£-01
0.000000 -0.3016667186£-01
1.000000 -0.2439586428£-01
2.000000 -0.3016667186£-01
0.000000 -0.6064233519£-01
1. 000000 -0.5595911639£-01
2.000000 -0.6084233519~-01
0.000000 -0.9754941104~-01
1. 000000 -0.9556584361£-01
2.000000 -0.9754941104£-01
0.000000 -0.1434976671£+00
1.000000 -0.1364826830£+00
2.000000 -0.1434976671£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
0.000000 0.0000000000£+00
281
Example for Principal Stresses Output File. An example follows of a prin
cipal stress output file. It is for plotting purposes. Each record is split over two
lines. Each record has seven values. These values are material type, global x and
y-coordinates of the Gauss point, major and minor principal stresses, maximum
shear, and the angle (in radians) of the principal stress with the global x-axis.
1 0.112702 0.225403 0.~21C95672E+05 -0.131143412E+06 0.866264897E+05 1.688021 , 0.112702 1.000000 0:~S4677402£+05 -0.4546774C2£+05 0.45~8774C2E+05 2.356194 1 0.112702 1.77~597 0.1311~3~12E+06 -0.421095672£+05 0.866264897£+05 3.024368 1 0.500000 0.225403
0.4916SSS21£+04 -0.11219771S£+06 0.5e5571352£+05 1.777150 1 0.500000 1.000000 0.3~213l641E+05 -0.342131841E+C5 0.3~2131e41E+C5 2.356194 1 0.500000 1.774597
0.112197715£+06 -0.491655521£+04 0.585571352£+05 2.935239 1 0.867298 0.225403 0.1179~3632E+05 -0.885318663£+05 0.501631147£+05 1.931567 1 0.887298 1.000000 C.2922~oe3C£+05 -0.292240830E+05 0.2922~0830E+05 2.356194 1 0.887298 1.77~597
C.ee5318663£+05 -0.1179~3632E+05 0.501631147£+05 2.780821 , 1.112702 0.225~C3
0:120926870£+05 -0.707671161£+05 0.414299016E+05 1.936470 1 1.112702 1.000000
0.351492260£+05 -0.351492280£+05 0.351492260E+05 2.356194 1 1.112702 1.774597
0.707671161£+05 -0.120926670£+05 0~414299016E+05 2.773919 1 1.500000 0.225403
0.163140229£+05 -0.528173697£+05 0.345656963E+05 2.078056 1 1.500000 1.000000
0.278192390E+05 -0.278192390E+05 0.278192390£+05 2.356194 1 1.500000 1.774597
0.526173697£+05 -0.163140229£+05 0.345656963£+05 2.634333 1 1.887298 0.225403
0.462454766£+05 -0.309408000£+05 0.385931363£+05 2.161231 1 1.887298 1.000000
0.252702476£+05 -0.252702476£+05 0.252702476£+05 2.356194 1 1.887298 1.774597
0.3C9408000£+05 -0.462454766£+05 0.3e5931363£+05 2.551158
282
Example for Strain Energy Density Output File. This file is to be handled
by a failure criterion program and contouring software. Each record has six values:
material type, elastic modulus, Poisson's ratio, global x y-coordinates of the Gauss
point, and the strain energy at this point.
1 C.300000000E .. 07 0.250 0.1127 0.225~ 0.3E22l6773:: .. N 1 0.300000000::"07 0.250 0.1:27 1.00CO 0.662135379::.C3 1 0.30COOOOOOE"07 0.250 0.1l27 1.7.,.;6 0.3622l6773::·C~ 1 0.300000000::"07 0.250 0.5000 0.225~ O. 21' e05215::"C~ 1 0.300000000::"07 0.250 0.5000 1.0000 0.467725E16::"03 1 0.300000000E·07 0.250 0.5000 1.77H 0.2l~605215E"'0~ 1 0.300000000::+07 0.250 0.6673 0.2254 0.1'lE51H7E+O~ 1 0.300000000:: .. 07 0.250 0.8673 1.0000 0.355852926E"'03 1 0.300000000::·07 0.250 0.E673 1.77-'6 O. H165l<G47E-04 1 0.300000000::"07 0.250 1.1127 0.2254 0.9303500:!.6::·03 1 0.300000000::+07 0.250 1.1127 1.0000 0.51'776~27::+03 1 0.3COOOOOOOE+07 0.250 1.1127 1.77-'6 0.530350C16::+03 1 0.300000000E+07 0.250 1.5000 0.2254 o .56l10E962::+C3 :!. 0.300000000::+07 0.250 l.5000 1.0000 0.322H2525::+C3 1 0.300000000t .. 07 0.250 1.5000 1.77<6 0.58:106962:: .. 03 1 0.300000000::"'07 0.250 1.8873 0.2254 0.63523553E::·C3 1 0.300CCOCOO::"07 0.250 1. 8873 1.0000 0.26607725~::-C3 1 0.300000000::·07 0.250 1.66i3 1. 77 46 O.E35235536::.03
283
Example for General Output File, Gauss Quadrature Order is 2 by 2
This output. file is for the stick model of Figure A.!. Here a quadrature order
of 2 by 2 is used. The tip displacements of this cantilever beam is 0.08 m calculat.ed
using the strength of materials (equation(3.41)). The FEM tip displacements are
the U(Y) displacements for node 15 in the output files. The FEM tip displacement
using a 2 b: .. 2 quadrature order is -0.111 X10+15 m. Displacements of other nodes
are also very large. This shows the unsuitability of the 2 by 2 order for integrating
QUA~9 elements. ,\Vhen a quadrature order of 3 by 3 is used the tip displacement
is -0.143 m and displacements of other nodes are in the elastic range. Indeed the
results are not accurate because only two elements are used.
THE PROBLEM T~PE OF THIS RUN IS : 20 , OF ELE~NTS IN THIS PROBLEM IS: 2 IPLM'E: • 1
TOTAL NO~AL POINTS SUCCESSFULLY READ IS : 15 NO:>AL POINTS
GLOBAL NODAL NUMSERS,NDOF PER NODE, GLOBAL COORDINATES AND TEMPERATURES FOLLOWS:
NO~E • mOF/NODE XCI) Y<I) % (I)
1 3 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
2 3 0.0000 1.0000 0.0000
3 3 0.0000 2.0000 0.0000
4 3 0.5000 0.0000 0.0000
5 3 0.5000 1.0000 0.0000
6 3 0.5000 2.0000 0.0000
7 3 1.0000 0.0000 0.0000
e 3 1.0000 1.0000 0.0000
9 3 1.0000 2.0000 0.0000
10 3 1. 5000 0.0000 0.0000
II 3 1.5000 1. 0000 0.0000
l2 3 1.5000 2.0000 0.0000
13 :3 2.0000 0.0000 0.0000
H 3 2.0000 1. 0000 0.0000
:5 :3 2.0000 2.0000 0.0000
=HE N~~ER OF ELE~N'S SUCCESSFULLY REA!) IS 2 ELE~NTS
ELEv.!);':S CO"',ECTIVITY 1I.A':'iUX :
E:"!(', II.ATCO~,NELMTY,IP,IO,IR,IS,ITYP, FOR EACH ELEMENT FOLLOWS :
E:"':' II.ATCO~ IEPRO? NEl.MTY IP 10 IR IS IT IW IX
1 1 1 10 1 7 9 3 4 B 6
2 1 1 10 7 13 15 9 10 14 12
1I.A=ERlhL PRO?ERT!£S ARE SUCCtSSF~LLY II.ATtRIAL CODE ~;D PROrERTltS FOll.OW :
RE~ FOR 1 fo'J\TtRIALS
284
'l'EMP(I)
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
IY 1%
2 5
8 11
.', ,\ .. ~
~~TCOD YOUNG'S MOD POISSON'S R. 0.250 1 0.300E+07
ELEMENT GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES ARE PROP. CODES ELEMENT GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES:
PROP. CODE NODES/ELEM AREA 1 9 0.2000
APPLIED LOADS:
NODE I RX
13 0.000 14 0.000 15 0.000
SPECIFIED DISPLACEMENTS:
NODE t OX
THERM COEF UNIT l'lT. SHEAR MOD 0.120E+07 O.OOOE+OO 0.00
SUCCESSFULLY READ FOR 1 ELEMENT
THICK XXI YYI ZZI 0.1000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
RY RZ
-1500.000 0.000 -3000.000 0.000 -1500.000 0.000
DY DZ
----- --' .... -.--.~. ",' .. -"-"'-' .-'" ... '''' ..... - .,' .
285
" SPECIFICATION OF BOUNDARY CONDITIONS " "1- FOR SPECIFIED DISPLAC£KtNT(DOF) Ah~ "0- OTHERWIS£
NODE NUMBER B.C. SPECIFICATION
1 2 3
NSX
1 1 1
NSY
o 1 o
~~IMUM NOOE SEPARATION (NOOS£P) • 8 MBANO- 27 NSIZE • 45 EQUATIONS
NSP(I) WHICH IS RECIEVED BY APSCS FOLLOWS
SEOUENCE NSPX NSPY NSPZ 1 1 0 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 0 1 .Q 0 0 1 5 0 0 1 6 0 0 1 7 0 0 1 e 0 0 1 9 0 0 1
10 0 0 1 11 0 0 1 12 0 0 1 13 0 0 1 H 0 0 1 15 0 0 1
TF.~ NC:hL DISPLACE~NTS FO!,:'OwS
NO~E I U(X) U (:0
1 -0.15lS62E-14 -0.113117£+15
2 -0.H5723E-16 0.27755EE-16
3 0.HS37C£-l.Q -0.1113HE+1S
" 0.6E56S&£+12 0.H2S29E+12
5 -0."'2829£+12 -0.5E1157E+14
6 0.865659£+12 -0. H2S29E+12
7 -0.3S"2E3£+13 -0.113l17£+15
8 0.177132£+13 -0.2067'0£-01
9 -0.35'263£+l3 -0.1l13HE+15
10 0.2E5696E+13 0."'2629£+12
11 -0.132e'9£+13 -0.561157£+14
12 0.2ESE96£+13 -0.H2629£+12
NSZ
1 1 1
U(Z)
O.OOOOOOE+OO
O.OOOOOOE+OO
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
O.OOOOOOE+OO
O.OOOOOOE+OO
O.OOOOOOE+OO
0.000000£+00
0.000000£+00
O.OOOOOOE+OO
0.000000£"00
O.OOOOOOE+OO
286
13
14
15
-0.708527E+13
0.354263E+13
-0.708527E+13
-0.113ll7E+15
-0.735556E-01
-0.1113Ht+15
O.OOOOOOE+OO
O.OOOOOOE+OO
O.OOOOOOE+OO
LOCAL STRESSES, PRINCIPAL STRESSES, AND GLOBAL COORDINA7£S OF THEIR LOCATIONS :
STRESSES AT GAUSS POINTS OF QUAD9- ELEMENT , 1 FOLLOWS :
1ST LIN£: EL',GAUSS POINT', XGAUSS, YGAUSS, STRESSES (SIGX,SIGY,SIGXY) 2h~ LINE:ELf,GAUSS POIN=',XGAUSS,YGAUSS, SIG~~l,SIG~~,THETA1(DEG.) :
1 1 0.2ll 0.423 -0.5126953£"'05 0.1831055E+04 0.0000000£"'00
1 1 0.211 0.423 1 831. 05H875000 -51269.53l2500000 90.000
1 2 0.2ll 1.577 0.<536133E+05 -0.1209717E+05 -0.2343750£+04
1 2 0.2ll 1.577 45456.77l878756l -12192.6117225061 177.668
1 3 0.7e9 0.423 -0.<257613E+05 0.2451172E+05 -0.l875000£+05
1 3 0.789 0.423 29396.2664246366 -47462.6746746366 104.6C2
1 4 0.769 1.577 0.3862305£+05 -0.2062968£+04 -0.1171875E+05
1 4 0.7e9 1.577 41756.9853548l41 -5196.9267610641 165.028
S=RESSES AT GAUSS POINTS OF QUAD9- ELEMENT , 2 FOLLOWS :
1ST l:NE: EL',GAUSS POIN~f, XGAUSS, YGAUSS, STRESS£S (SIGX,SIGy,SIGX~) 21:~ ~:NE:£L.,GAUSS PO:NT',XGAUSS,YGAUSS, SIG~~l,SIG~~,TH£7A1(DEG.) :
2 1 1.2ll 0.423 -0.3632813E+05 0.1142576E+05 -0.1640625E+05
2 1 1.2ll D.423 16519.0530049665 -41421.3967549685 107.2"
2 2 1.211 1.577 0.2724609E+05 -0.1977539E+04 -0.140£250£+05
2 2 1.2ll 1.577 32913.8011265916 -7645.2464410916 158.049
2 3 1. 789 0.423 -0.1220703E+05 -0.1220703E+03 -0.2812500£+05
2 3 1.769 0.423 22602.221634<247 -34931.3231969247 128.937
2 4 1.769 1.577 0.527343E£+04 -0.1918945£+05 -0.2343750£+05
2 4 1. 789 1.577 19479.1754645662 -33395.1911095662 H8.779
,._ • .,_ ..••• - •• ---- .. - .-- ·W ,,"~ ... -..-."----.-- -. -- ••
287
APPENDIX B
DATA CALCULATIONS FOR THE CRUSHED ZONE AROUND
A CYLINDRICAL CHARGE
288
In this appendix, the data and calculations used for the study of the rock
crushed zone around a cylindrical charge are summarized. Tables B. 1 through B. 5
include data for the crushed zone and the explosives causing the crushing in granite
(Atchison and Toumay, 1959j Atchison and Pugliese, 1964 bj Nicholls and Hooker,
1965), salt (Nicholls and Hooker, 1962), and limestone (Atchison and Pugliese, 1964
a). The physical properties of granite, salt, and limestone are sununarized in table
B. 6. The strength properties of Marion limestone are not reported by Atchison
and Pugliese (1964 a).
In table B. 6, the properties provided for Lithonia granite are from core
samples (Atchison and Tournay, 1959). Atchison and Pugliese (1964 b) reported
the following dynamic in situ values: 18,500 ft/sec for the longitudinal wave velocity
and 54.5 Ib - sec/in3 for the characteristic impedance. Nicholls and Hooker (1965)
reported the following dynamic in situ values: 18,680 ft/sec for the longitudinal
wave velocity and 55.0 Ib - sec/in3 for the characteristic impedance at depth of 26
feet. At the surface they reported 17,950 ft/sec for the longitudinal wave velocity
and 10,150 ft/sec for the shear wave velocity; 0.26 for Poisson's ratio; 9.2x106
psi for the modulus of elasticity. The provided properties in each report are used
in the calculations of the crushed zone in the corresponding data set. The source
reports provide experimental setups, site descriptions, explosive characteristics, and
explosive performance.
Tables B. 7 through B. 10 give samples of the fitting equations, obtained by
the curve fitting program (Cox, 1985), which have correlation factors close to those
of the best fitted equations. The equation samples include the relations between the
scaled crushed zone diameter and the velocity ratio, the characteristic impedance
289
ratio, the medium stress ratio, and the detonation pressure ratio. The tables have
samples for salt, granite, and limestone (for 3 inch diameter blasthole data only).
Symbols and notation used in the templates of the tables are given below:
Explosives used:
Symbol
NO NOAN LOX
AHI
ALO\V
SGEL
HVG
SG
PFO-l
PFO-2
ADP
AD-P
AD 20
SG 30
Compo B.
SG 60
HVC 80
HVG 60
SG 45
TNT
AD-P
HVG
SL-3
Explosive Type
Nitrogen tetroxide, kerosine.
Nitrogen tetroxide, ammonia nitrate, kerosine.
Liquid oxygen, carbon.
Composition A (tamped).
Composition A (poured).
Semigelatin dynamite.
High - velocity gelatin dynamite.
Semigelatin dynamite.
Prilled ammonium nitrate (treated with surface active agent)
plus 6 pet fuel oil.
Prilled ammonium nitrate (coated with diatomaceous earth)
plus 6 pct fuel oil.
Permissible ammonia dynamite.
Permissible ammonia dynamite, bulk strength 5 pct.
Ammonia nitrate dynamite, bulk strength 20 pct.
Semi gelatin dynamite, bulk strength 30 pct.
Pelletized composition B.
Semigelatin dynamite, bulk strength 60 pct.
High pressure gelatin, bulk strength 80 pet.
High velocity gelatin, 60 pct weight strength.
Semi gelatin 45 pct bulk strength .
Granular TNT.
. Permissible ammonia dynamite.
High-velocity gelatine dynamite.
Slurry with aluminum.
SL-2 High density slurry.
SL-l Nonmetalized slurry.
SG Semigelatin dynamite.
PFO Prilled ammonium nitrate and 6 pct fuel oil.
Other notations used in the templates of the tables:
Uc
C.I.E.
C.I.R.
Z
n
Average
S.D.
velocity of detonation of the explosive.
detonation pressure.
medium stress.
compressive strength of the rock.
characteristic impedance of the explosive.
characteristic impedance of the rock.
ratio of the characteristic impedance of the explosive to the.
characteristic impedance of the rock.
diameter of the crushed zone.
diameter of the blasthole.
number of tests.
average value of Dcr/ Db.h. ratio.
standard deviation.
290·
Explosive Density
Symbol Ib//t3
NO 79.9
NOAN 80.5
LOX 78.0
Alii 72.4
ALOW' 50.6
SGEL 73.7
Table B. 1 Summary of Crushed Zone Data. for Lithonia Granite, Data Set 1.
(Extracted from Atchison and Tournay, 1959)
VOD Pd Um C.I.E. VOD/C" Pd/Ue Z um/ue
£t/set 106 psi 106 psi 16 - sec/in3
23,800 2.05 2.52 34.1 1.26 68.33 0.63 84.00
19,800 1.49 1.95 28.7 1.09 49.67 0.53 65.00
20,800 1.63 2.12 29.2 1.14 54.33 0.54 70.67
20,300 1.46 1.97 26.1 1.12 48.67 0.48 65.67
15,400 0.72 1.14 13.9 0.85 24.00 0.26 38.00
15,800 0.92 1.32 20.8 0.87 30.67 0.39 44.00
DCf'/Du.
n Average
4 3.59
5 3.19
6 3.38
5 3.36
6 2.34
6 2.84
S.D.
± 0.28
±0.59
± 0.19
± 0.56
±0.13
± 0.26
~ co .....
Explosive Density
Symbol 1&//13
HVG 88
SG 69
PFO-l 56
PFO-2 53
ADP 44
Table B. 2 Summary of Crushed Zone Data for Lithonia Granite, Data Set 2.
(Extracted from Atchison and Pugliese, 1964 b)
VOD Ptl Um C.I.E. VOD/C" Ptl/ue Z um/ue
(t/sec 106 psi 106 psi 1& - sf!c/in3
20,300 1.65 2.08 32.2 1.10 55.00 0.59 69.18
15,500 0.86 1.27 19.~ 0.84 28.67 0.35 42.47
11,100 0.39 0.64 11.2 0.60 13.00 0.21 21.49
09,300 0.26 0.45 08.8 0.50 08.67 0.16 14.94
06,900 0.13 0.24 05.5 0.37 04.33 0.10 07.88
n
10
2
2
4
1
Dcr/Du.
Average
2.89
2.60
3.29
2.83
2.26
S.D.
± 0.74
± 0.62
± 0.28
± 0.47
t>.:) co t>.:)
Explosive Density
Symbol Ibl/t3
AD-P 44.0
AD 20 SO.6
SG 30 59.2
COMPo B 56.2
SG 60 80.0
HVG80 76.0
Table B. 3 Summary of Crushed Zone Data for Lithonia Granite, Data Set 3.
(Extracted from Nicholls and Hooker, 1965)
VOD Pd CTm C.I.E. VOD/ep Pd/CTe Z CTm/CTe
ft/sec 106 psi 106 psi Ib - sec/in3
11,500 0.36 0.62 9.09 0.62 12.00 0.17 23.00
13,000 0.50 0.82 11.8 0.70 16.67 0.22 27.33
14,500 0.69 1.08 15.4 0.78 23.00 0.28 36.00
17,500 0.97 1.47 17.7 0.94 32.33 0.32 49.00 .... -
18,000 1.24 1.69 25.9 0.96 41.33 0.47 56.33
21,000 1.65 2.17 28.7 1.12 55.00 0.52 72.33
DerlDu.
n Average
2 1.28
2 1.38
2 1.67
2 2.17
2 1.89
2 2.39
S.D.
± 0.18
±0.03
± 0.15
±O.34
±0.06
±0.04
~ (0 C.:I
Explosive Density VOD
Symbol 16//13 ft/sec
HVG60 89.0 20,200
SG45 69.0 15,300
TNT 62.0 15,060
AD-P 44.0 09,200
Table B. 4 Summary of Cru!;!1ed 7..one Data for Winnfield Salt.
(Extracted from Nicholls and Hooker, 1962)
Pd O'm C.I.E. VOD/Cp Pd/O'c Z O'm/O'c
106 psi 106 psi 16 - 3ec/in3
1.65 1.72 32.3 1.40 51.89 0.92 54.05
0.83 1.08 19.0 1.26 26.10 0.54 33.90
0.75 1.01 16.0 1.04 23.58 0.48 31.87
0.23 0.38 07.0 0.64 07.23 0.21 11.95
n
2
3
2
1
Dcr/Dul.
Average
1.82
1.77
1.72
1.46
S.D.
± 0.00
±0.O5
±0.06
'" (0 II:>.
Explosive Density
Symbol lbl/f3
HVG 93.0
SL-3 100.0
SL-2 105.0
SL-I 94.0
SG 81.0
PFO 60.0
Table B. 5 Summary of Crushed Zone Data for Marion Limestone.
(Extracted from Atchison and Pugliese, 1964 a)
VOD Ptl tTm C.I.E. VODIC, PdltTc Z tTmltTc
ft/sec 106 psi 106 psi Ib -3ec/in3
20,700 1.77 1.49 34.7 2.18 1.38
17,300 1.27 1.13 31.1 1.82 1.24
16,800 1.23 1.08 31.8 1.77. 1.27
17,100 1.21 1.13 28.9 1.80 1.15
17,600 1.20 1.19 25.7 1.85 1.02
12,300 0.50 0.66 13.3 1.29 0.53
n
3
3
3
3
3
3
Dr:rIDu..
Average
1.77
1.78
1.76
1.82
1.60
1.57
S.D.
:I: 0.42
:I: 0.49
:I: 0.28
:I: 0.42
:I: 0.35
:I: 0.38
t..) co C11
Table B. 6 Physical Properties of Lithonia Granite, Winnfield Salt, and Marion Limestone.
(from Atchison and Tournay, 1959; Atchison and Pugliese, 1964 a, b; Nicholls and llooker, 1962 alid 1965)
Rock property Units Lithonia Granite Winnfield Salt Marion Limestone
Weight Density Ib/lf3 164 135 147
Longitudinal Velocity ft/sec 18,200 14,400 9,500
Shear Velocity ft/set N/A 8,380 N/A
Modulus of Elasticity Ib/in3• x 106 3.0 5.09 N/A
Modulus of Rigidity Ib/in3• x 106 1.5 2.05 N/A
Poisson '8 Ratio N/A 0.241 N/A
Compressive 8trength Ib/in2 30,000 31,800 N/A
Tensile Strength Ib/in2 450 1,560 N/A
Characteristic Impedence Ib - sec/in3 54.0 35.0 25.1
• N/A means that values are not available.
l" CD Ol
Table B.7 Sample of Fitting Equations Obtained by the Curve Fitting Program for the Relation between the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter and the Velocity Ratio. Y is the scaled crushed zone diameter and X is the velocity ratio.
Square of the Correlation Factor (R2) .
Equation Salt Granite Limestone (3 inch)
Y = l/(A * (X + B)2 + C) 0.9176 0.7267 0.2372
Y = X/(A * X + B) 0.8827 0.7077 0.2024
Y = A *X(BIX) 0.8997 0.6858 0.2169
Y=A*Bx *Xo 0.9029 0.6835 0.2333
Y = A * e«X -B)/2) 0.9041 0.6773 0.2321 Y = A. * e((lnX _B)2 10) 0.9025 0.6849 0.2338
Table B.8 Sample of Fitting Equations Obtained by the Curve Fitting Program for the Relation between the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter and the Characteristic Impedance Ratio. Y is the scaled crushed zone diameter and X is the characteristic impedance ratio.
Square of the Correlation Factor (R2)
Equation Salt Granite Limestone (3 inch)
Y = X/(A *X +B) 0.9140 0.6684 0.2989
Y = l/(A * (X + B)2 + C) 0.9318 0.6248 0.3173
Y = l/(A + B * X) 0.5824 0.5385 0.3152 Y = A * e((lnX _B)2 10) 0.9148 0.6338 0.3053
Y = A * e«X-B)/2) 0.9203 0.6107 0.3060
Y = A * B(l/X) * XO 0.9131 0.6367 0.3079
297
298
Table B.9 Sample of Fitting Equations Obtained by the Curve Fitting . Program for the Relation between the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter and the Medium Stress Ratio. Y is the scaled crushed zone diameter and X is the medium stress ratio.
Square of the Correlation Factor e R2)
Equation Salt Granite
Y=X/(A*X+B) 0.9180 0.7013
Y = l/(A * eX -+- B)2 + C) 0.9241 0.6591
Y = A * XB * (1- X)c 0.9193 0.6252
Y = A * e((lnX _B)2 /C) 0.9064 0.6540
Y=A*B{l/X)*Xc 0.9055 0.6570
Y = A * e«X-B)/2) 0.9111 0.6234
Table B.10 Sample of Fitting Equations Obtained by the Curve Fitting Program for the Relation between the Scaled Crushed Zone Diameter and the Detonation Pressure Ratio. Y is the scaled crushed zone diameter and X is the detonation pressure ratio.
Square of the Correlation Factor (R2)
Equation Salt Granite
Y=X/(A*X+B) 0.9201 0.7119
Y = l/eA * eX + B)2 + C) 0.9293 0.6384
Y = A * B(l/ X) * XC 0.9073 0.6549
Y = A * e((lnX-B)2/C) 0.9090 0.6541
Y = A * XB * (1- X)c 0.9193 0.6252
Y = A * e«X -B)/2) 0.9171 0.6162
---- -_., , ... ,_.,.- .... " .. , .... ~ ............ , - .. --- .. .
299
REFERENCES
Abdel-Rasoul, EIseman I., 1978, " Studies on the relations between the properties of surface mine faces and blasting results," M. Sc. Thesis, Mining and Metallurgical Eng. Dept., Assiut University, Egypt, 196 p.
Abdel-Rasoul, EIseman, and Amitava Ghosh, 1985, "Design of surface mine blasts," Arizona Conference of AIME, 19 p.
Aimone, C. T., 1982, "Three dimensional wave propagation model of full-scale rock fragmentation," Ph. D. Dissertation, Northwestern University, Illinois, 285 p.
Ash, R. L., 1973, " The influence of geological discontinuities on rock blasting," Ph. D. Dissertation, University of Minnesota, 298 p.
Atchison, T. C. and VV. E. Tournay, 1959, " Comparative studies of explosives in granite," U. S. BuMines R. I. 5509, Dept. of Interior, 28 p.
Atchison, T. C. and J. M. Pugliese, 1964 a,"Comparative studies of explosives in limestone," U. S. BuMines R. I. 6395, Dept. of Interior, 25 p.
Atchison, T. C. and J. M. Pugliese, 1964 b, "Comparative studies of explosives in granite, second series of tests," U. S. BuMines R. I. 6434, Dept. of Interior, 26 p.
Atkinson, Barry Keen, 1987, Fracture Mechanics of Rocks, Academic Press, London, 534 p.
Atlas Powder Company, 1987, Explosives and Rock Blasting, Field Technical Operations, Atlas Powder Company, Dallas, Texas, 662 p.
Banks-Sills, 1. and D. Sherman,1986, "Comparison of methods for calculating stress intensity factors with quarter-point elements," Int. J. of Fracture, Vol. 32, No.2, pp. 127-140.
Barkley, R. C., 1982, "Computer simulation of surface ground motions induced by near surface blasts," M. Sc. Thesis, University of Arizona, Arizona, 239 p.
Barnhard, Philip and Lyman G. Bahr, 1981, " Direct measurement of "Borehole" pressure of explosives," Proc. of the Seventh Conference on Explosives and Blasting Technique, SEE, Ohio, pp. 319-326.
Barsoum, R.S., 1976, "On the use of isoparametric finite elements in linear fracture mechanics," Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng., Vol. 10, pp. 25-37.
300
Bathe, Klaus-Jurgen, 1982, Finite Element Procedures in En~ineering Analysis, Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
Bhandari, S., 1975, "Studies on fragmentation in rock blasting," Ph. D. Dissertation, University of South Wales, 201 p.
Bhandari, S., 1979, " On the role of stress waves and quasi-static gas pressure in rock fragmentation by blasting," ACTA Astronautica, Vol. 6, No.3-4, pp. 365-383.
Blake, F. G., 1952, "Spherical wave propagation in solid media," J. Acoust. Soc. Amer., Vol. 24, pp. 211-215.
Center for Computing and Information Technology (CCIT), 1985, "Computing services and facilities," A Document Published by The Center for Computing and Information Technology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, 7 p.
Computer Associates International, Inc., 1988, Ca-Disspla. Users Manual, Version 11, Computer Associates, International, Inc., San Diago, California.
Cook, R. D., 19~1, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, 2nd. Ed., John V\'iley and Sons, New York, 537 p.
Cox, T. S., 1985,"Curvefit.bas," Version 2.05, A Public Domain Program Based on Equations Listed in "Curve fitting for programable calculators," by William M. Kolb, Published by IMTEC, P. O. Box 1402 Bowie, MD 20716. The address of the author of the program is: 102 Evergreen Street, Easley, SC 29640.
Dally, J. 'V., Fourney, W. L., and D. C. Holloway, 1975, "Influence of containment of the bore hole pressure on explosive induced pressure," Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci. & Geomech. Abstr., Vol. 12, pp.5-12.
Davis, John C. and Robert J. Sampson, 1988, Surface III User's Manual, Interactive Concepts Inc., Lawrance, Kansas, 277 p.
Desai, C. S., 1979, Elementary Finite Element Method, Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 443 p.
Dick, R. A., Fletcher, L. R., and D. V. D'Andrea, 1983, " Explosives and blasting procedures manual," U. S. BuMines I. C. 8925, Dept. of Interior, 105 p.
Dick, R. D., Fourney, W. L., and C. Young, 1985, "Explosives engineering problems from fragmentation tests in oil shale at the Anvil Points Mine, Colorado," Proc. of the First Mini-Symp. on Explosives and Blasting Research, SEE, Ohio, pp. 141-156.
Duvall, W. I. and T. C. Atchison, 1957, " Rock breakage by explosives," U. S. BuMines R. I. 5356, Dept. of Interior, 52 p.
------ -_.. . ...... ~ .. - .~. ..
301
Fogelson, D. E., Duvall, W. I., and T. C. Atchison, 1959, "Strain energy in explosiongenerated strain pulses," U. S. Bureau of Mines, R. I. 5514, 17 p.
Ghosh, A., Barkley, R. C., and J. J. K. Daemen, 1986, "Simulated predictor of ground vibration induced by blasting," Proceedings of the 27th. U. S. symp. on Rock Mechanics, pp. 479-487.
Grady, D. E. and M. E. Kipp, 1980, "Continuum modelling of explosive fracture in oil shale," Int. J. Rock Mech. & Geomech. Abstr., Vo1.17, pp.147-157.
Hagan, T. N., 1979, "Rock breakage by explosives," ACTA Astronautica, Vol. 6, No. 3-4, pp. 329-340.
Hagan, T. N., 1983, "The influence of controlable blast parameters on fragmentation and mining costs," Proc. of the First IntI. Symp. on Rock Fragmentation by Blasting, Lulea University of Technology, Lulea, Sweden, pp. 31-52.
Haghighi, R. G. and C. J. Konya, 1985, " The effect of bench movement with changing length," Proc. of the First Mini-Symp. on Explosives and Blasting Research, SEE, Ohio, pp. 95-105.
Haghighi, R. G. and C. J. Konya, 1986! "Effect of geology on burden displacement ," Proc. of the Second Mini-Symp. on Explosives and Blasting Research, SEE, Ohio, pp. 92-102.
Henshell, R. D. and K. G. Shaw, 1975, "Crack tip finite elements are unnecessary," Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng., Vol. 9, pp. 495-507.
Hino, K., 1959, .Theory and Practice of Blasting, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Japan, 189 p.
Hinton, E. and D. R. J. Owen, 1977, Finite Element Programming, Academic Press, London, 305 p.
Hoek, E. and E. T. Brown, 1980, Underground Excavations in Rock, Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, London, pp. 137-140.
Isakov, A. L. and R. Yun, 1984, "Modelling of the action of an explosion in solid rocks close to the free face," Sov. Mining Sc., Plenum Publishing Corporation, pp. 266-269.
Is akov , A. L., Taran, E. P., and R. Yun, 1983, "Question of using static loads to simulate the mechanic action of an explosion," Sov. Mining Sc., Plenum Publishing Corp., pp. 411-413.
Jackson, J. H. and H. G. Writz, 1983, Statics and Strength of Materials, Schaum's Outline Series, McGraw Hill Book Company, 376 p.
Jaeger, J. C. and N. G. W. Cook, 1979, Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics, Third Editition, Chapman and Hall, London, 593 p.
... -'-
302
Jordan, D. W., 1962, "The stress wave from a finite, cylindrical explosive source," J. Math. and Mech., Vol. 11, pp. 503-552.
Kirby, I. J., Harries, G. H. and J. P.Tidman, 1987, "ICl's computer blasting model SAREX-basic principles and capabilities," Proc. of the Thirteenth Conference on Explosives and Blasting Technique, SEE, Ohio, pp.184-198.
Kolsky, H., 1963, Stress Waves in Solids, Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 213 p.
Kutter, H. K., 1967, "The interaction between stress wave and gas pressure in the fracture process of an underground explosion in rock, with particular application to presplitting," Ph. D. Dissertation, University of Minnesota, 171 p.
Kutter, H. K. and C. Fairhurst, 1971, " On the fracture process in blasting," Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci., Vol. 8, pp. 181 - 202.
Lama, R. D. and V. S. Vutukuri, 1978, Handbook on Mechanical Properties of Rocks, Vol. II, Trans Tech Publications, Clausthal, Germany, 481 p.
Lang, L. C. and R. F. Favreau, 1972, "A modern approach to open-pit blast design and analysis," CIM, Vol. LXXV, June, pp.87-95.
Lang, L. C., 1979, "Buffer blasting techniques in open pit mines," Proc. of the Fifth (jonf. on Explosives and Blasting Technique, SEE, Ohio, pp. 66-80.
Lang, L. C., Bohus, G.,Foldesi, J., and D. Benedeck, 1986, "The optimum delay," Proc. of the Second Mini-Symp. on Explosives and Blasting Research, SEE, Ohio, pp.1-15.
Langefors, U. and B. Kihlstrom, 1978, The Modern Technique of Rock Blasting, 3 rd. Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 438 p.
Merchant, M. J., 1983, FORTRAN 77 Language and Style, Wadsworth Publishing Company, Belmont, California, 447 p.
Mets, Y. S., 1983, "Study of blasting fatigue in rocks," Sov. Mining Sc., Plenum Publishing Corp., pp. 37-42.
Nicolls, H. R. and V. E. Hooker, 1962, "Comparative studies of explosives in salt," U. S. BuMines R. I. 6041, Dept. of Interior, 46 p.
Nicholls, H. R. and V. E. Hooker, 1965, "Comparative study of explosives in granite, third series of tests," U. S. BuMines R. I. 6693, Dept. of Interior, 46 p.
Plewman, R. P. and A. M. Starfield, 1965, "The effect of finite velocities of detonation and propagation on the strain pulses induced in rock by linear charges," Journal of the South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, October, pp. 77-96.
----_. -->, , .... - .. ~.~ ... " .,<._ ......... , '.' ,., - ' .. '"
303
Porter, D. D., 1971, "A role of the bore hole pressure in blasting: the formation of cracks," Ph. D. Dissertation, University of Minnesota, 158 p.
Press, W. H., Flannery, B. P., Teukolsky, S. A., and W. T. Vetterling, 1986, Numerical Recipes, Cambridge University Press, New York, 818 p.
Richard, R., 1988, "Lecture notes on the Finite Element Method," Lecture Notes for Engineering Mechanics Course No. 635, Department of Civil Engineering, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, 81 p.
Rust an, A., Vutukuri, V. S., and T. Naarttijarrvi 1983, "The influence from specific charge, geometric scale and physical properties of homogeneous rock on fragmentation," Proc. of the First IntI. Symp. on Rock Fragmentation by Blasting, Lulea University of Technology, Lulea, Sweden, pp.115- 142.
Saluja, S. S., 1986, "Study of blasting mechanics and its application," Proc. of the 27th. U. S. Symp. on Rock Mechanics, SME, Colorado, pp.496-503.
Smith, N. S., 1976, "Burden-rock stiffness and its effect on fragmentation in bench blasting," Ph. D. Dissertation, University of Missouri-Rolla, 148 p.
Smith, N. S. and R. L. Ash, 1977, " How the blast hole burden, spacing, and length affect rock breakage," Proc. of the Third Conference on Explosives and Blasting Technique, SEE, Ohio, pp. 139-148.
Selberg, H. L., 1952, "Transient compression waves from spherical and cylindrical cavities," Arkiv. Fysik, Vol. 11, pp. 97-108.
Sharpe, J. A., 1942, "The propagation of elastic waves by explosive pressures ," Geophysics, Vol. 7, p. 144.
Siskind, D. E. and R. R. Fumanti, 1974, " Blast produced fractures in Lithonia granite," U. S. Bureau of Mines, R. 1. 7901, 38 p.
Stagg, M. S. and D. E. Siskind, 1985, "Repeated blasting: fatigue damaging or not," Proc. of the Eleventh Conference on Explosives and Blasting Technique, SEE, Ohio, pp. 96-110.
Starfield, A. M. and J. M. Pugliese, 1968, "Compression waves generated in rock by cylindrical explosiv~, charges: a comparison bet~een 8: computer model and field measurements, Int. J. Rock Mech. and Mm. SCI., Vol. 5, pp. 65-77.
Sunu, Mostafa Z., Reed, S., and Raghu N. Singh, 1988, " Evaluating the effect of rock parameters on surface mine blasting by finite element analysis," Int. J. Surface Mining, Vol. 2, pp. 209-215.
Taqieddin, S. A., 1982, "The role of borehole pressure containement on surface ground vibration levels at close scaled distances," Ph. D. Dissertation, University of Missouri- Rola, 94 p.
---_. -_ ...... _ .. -....... . .•.... - ._ ..................... - .
304
Telford, W. M., Geldart, L. P., Sheriff, R. E., and D. A. Keys, 1976, Applied geophySics, Cambridge University Press, London, 860 p.
Wiebols, G. A. and N. G. W. Cook, 1965, "An elementary analysis of the displacements generated in rock by a linear explosive charge," Journal of the South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, October, pp. 97-107.
Wilson, W. H., 1987, "An experimental and theoretical analysis of stress wave and gas pressure effects in bench blasting," Ph. D. Dissertation, University of Maryland, 327 p.
Winzer, S. R.1 Montenyohl, V.!., and A. Ritter, 1979, "The science of blasting," Proc. of the Fifth Conf. on Explosives and Blasting Tech., SEE, Ohio, pp. 132-160.
Winzer, S., Anderson, D. A., and A. B. Ritter, 1983, "Rock fragmentation by explosives," Proc. of the First Inti. Symp. on Rock Fragmentation by Blasting, Lulea Universty of Technology, Lulea, Sweden, pp. 225-250.
Zienkiewicz,O. C., 1985, The Finite Element Method, 3rd. Ed., McGraw-Hill Book Company (UK) Limited, New York, 787 p.
----- -~.,. , '" .•.. - ..... - '.-'-' .- ..... _, ._.- ,.,.- ,---- -.-_.